Title: The Necromancers
Subject:
Author: Robert Hugh Benson
Keywords:
Creator:
PDF Version: 1.2
Page No 1
The Necromancers
Robert Hugh Benson
Page No 2
Table of Contents
The Necromancers..............................................................................................................................................1
The Necromancers
i
Page No 3
The Necromancers
Robert Hugh Benson
Chapter I
Chapter II
Chapter III
Chapter IV
Chapter V
Chapter VI
Chapter VII
Chapter VIII
Chapter IX
Chapter X
Chapter XI
Chapter XII
Chapter XIII
Chapter XIV
Chapter XV
Chapter XVI
Chapter XVII
Chapter XVIII
I must express my gratitude to the Rev. Father Augustine Howard, O.P., who has kindly read this book in
manuscript and favoured me with his criticisms. Robert Hugh Benson.
CHAPTER I
"I AM very much distressed about it all," murmured Mrs. Baxter.
She was a small, delicatelooking old lady, very true to type indeed, with the silvery hair of the devout
widow crowned with an exquisite lace cap, in a filmy black dress, with a complexion of precious china, kind
shortsighted blue eyes, and white blue veined hands busy now upon needlework. She bore about with her
always an atmosphere of piety, humble, tender, and sincere, but as persistent as the gentle sandalwood
aroma which breathed from her dress. Her theory of the universe, as the girl who watched her now was
beginning to find out, was impregnable and unapproachable. Events which conflicted with it were either not
events, or they were so exceptional as to be negligible. If she were hard pressed she emitted a pathetic
peevishness that rendered further argument impossible.
The room in which she sat reflected perfectly her personality. In spite of the early Victorian date of the
furniture, there was in its arrangement and selection a taste so exquisite as to deprive it of even a suspicion of
Philistinism. Somehow the rosewood table on which the September morning sun fell with serene beauty did
not conflict as it ought to have done with the Tudor panelling of the room. A tapestry screen veiled the door
into the hall, and soft curtains of velvety gold hung on either side of the tall, modern windows leading to the
garden. For the rest, the furniture was charming and suitable low chairs, a tapestry couch, a multitude of
little leather covered books on every table, and two low carved bookshelves on either side of the door filled
The Necromancers 1
Page No 4
with poetry and devotion.
The girl who sat upright with her hands on her lap was of another type altogetherof that type of which it is
impossible to predicate anything except that it makes itself felt in every company. Any respectable astrologer
would have had no difficulty in assigning her birth to the sign of the Scorpion. In outward appearance she
was not remarkable, though extremely pleasing, and it was a pleasingness that grew upon acquaintance. Her
beauty, such as it was, was based upon a good foundation: upon regular features, a slightly cleft rounded
chin, a quantity of dark coiled hair, and large, steady, serene brown eyes. Her hands were not small, but
beautifully shaped; her figure slender, well made, and always at its ease in any attitude. In fact, she had an air
of repose, strength, and allround competence; and, contrasted with the other, she resembled a wellbred
sheepdog eyeing an Angora cat.
They were talking now about Laurie Baxter.
"Dear Laurie is so impetuous and sensitive," murmured his mother, drawing her needle softly through the
silk, and then patting her material, "and it is all terribly sad."
This was undeniable, and Maggie said nothing, though her lips opened as if for speech. Then she closed them
again, and sat watching the twinkling fire of logs upon the hearth. Then once more Mrs. Baxter took up the
tale.
"When I first heard of the poor girl's death," she said, "it seemed to me so providential. It would have been
too dreadful if he had married her. He was away from home, you know, on Thursday, when it happened; but
he was back here on Friday, and has been likelike a madman ever since. I have done what I could,
but"
"Was she quite impossible?" asked the girl in her slow voice. "I never saw her, you know."
Mrs. Baxter laid down her embroidery.
"My dear, she was. Well, I have not a word against her character, of course. She was all that was good, I
believe. But, you know, her home, her fatherwell, what can you expect from a grocerand a Baptist," she
added, with a touch of vindictiveness.
"What was she like?" asked the girl, still with that meditative air.
"My dear, she was likelike a picture on a chocolatebox. I can say no more than that. She was little and
fairhaired, with a very pretty complexion, and a ribbon in her hair always. Laurie brought her up here to see
me, you knowin the garden; I felt I could not bear to have her in the house just yet, though, of course, it
would have had to have come. She spoke very carefully, but there was an unmistakable accent. Once she left
out an aitch, and then she said the word over again quite right."
Maggie nodded gently, with a certain air of pity, and Mrs. Baxter went on encouraged.
"She had a little stammer thatthat Laurie thought very pretty, and she had a restless little way of playing
with her fingers as if on a piano. Oh, my dear, it would have been too dreadful; and now, my poor boy"
The old lady's eyes filled with compassionate tears, and she laid her sewing down to fetch out a little
lacefringed pocket handkerchief.
Maggie leaned back with one easy movement in her low chair, clasping her hands behind her head; but she
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 2
Page No 5
still said nothing. Mrs. Baxter finished the little ceremony of wiping her eyes, and, still winking a little,
bending over her needlework, continued the commentary.
"Do try to help him, my dear. That was why I asked you to come back yesterday. I wanted you to be in the
house for the funeral. You see, Laurie's becoming a Catholic at Oxford has brought you two together. It's no
good my talking to him about the religious side of it all; he thinks I know nothing at all about the next world,
though I'm sure"
"Tell me," said the girl suddenly, still in the same attitude, "has he been practising his religion? You see, I
haven't seen much of him this year, and"
"I'm afraid not very well," said the old lady tolerantly. "He thought he was going to be a priest at first, you
remember, and I'm sure I should have made no objection; and then in the spring he seemed to be getting
rather tired of it all. I don't think he gets on with Father Mahon very well. I don't think Father Mahon
understands him quite. It was he, you know, who told him not to be a priest, and I think that discouraged poor
Laurie."
"I see," said the girl shortly. And Mrs. Baxter applied herself again to her sewing.
It was indeed a rather trying time for the old lady. She was a tranquil and serene soul; and it seemed as if she
were doomed to live over a perpetual volcano. It was as pathetic as an amiable cat trying to go to sleep on a
riflerange; she was developing the jumps. The first serious explosion had taken place two years before,
when her son, then in his third year at Oxford, had come back with the announcement that Rome was the only
home worthy to shelter his aspiring soul, and that he must be received into the Church in six weeks' time. She
had produced little books for his edification, as in duty bound, she had summoned Anglican divines to the
rescue; but all had been useless, and Laurie had gone back to Oxford as an avowed proselyte.
She had soon become accustomed to the idea, and indeed, when the first shock was over had not greatly
disliked it, since her own adopted daughter, of half French parentage, Margaret Marie Deronnais, had been
educated in the same faith, and was an eminently satisfactory person. The next shock was Laurie's
announcement of his intention to enter the priesthood, and perhaps the Religious Life as well; but this too had
been tempered by the reflection that in that case Maggie would inherit this house and carry on its traditions in
a suitable manner. Maggie had come to her, upon leaving her convent school three years before, with a
pleasant little income of her ownhad come to her by an arrangement made previously to her mother's
deathand her manner of life, her reasonableness, her adaptability, her presentableness had reassured the old
lady considerably as to the tolerableness of the Roman Catholic religion. Indeed, once she had hoped that
Laurie and Maggie might come to an understanding that would prevent all possible difficulty as to the future
of his house and estate; but the fourth volcanic storm had once more sent the world flying in pieces about
Mrs. Baxter's delicate ears; and, during the last three months she had had to face the prospect of Laurie's
bringing home as a bride the rather underbred, pretty, stammering, pink and white daughter of a Baptist
grocer of the village.
This had been a terrible affair altogether; Laurie, as is the custom of a certain kind of young male, had met,
spoken to, and ultimately kissed this Amy Nugent, on a certain summer evening as the stars came out; but,
with a chivalry not so common in such cases, had also sincerely and simply fallen in love with her, with a
romance usually reserved for bettermatched affections. It seemed, from Laurie's conversation, that Amy was
possessed of every grace of body, mind, and soul required in one who was to be mistress of the great house; it
was not, so Laurie explained, at all a milkmaid kind of affair; he was not the man, he said, to make a fool of
himself over a pretty face. No, Amy was a rare soul, a flower growing on stony soilsandy perhaps would
be the better wordand it was his deliberate intention to make her his wife.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 3
Page No 6
Then had followed every argument known to mothers, for it was not likely that even Mrs. Baxter would
accept without a struggle a daughterinlaw who, five years before, had bobbed to her, wearing a pinafore,
and carrying in a pair of rather large hands a basket of eggs to her back door. Then she had consented to see
the girl, and the interview in the garden had left her more distressed than ever. (It was there that the aitch
incident had taken place.) And so the struggle had gone on; Laurie had protested, stormed, sulked, taken
refuge in rhetoric and dignity alternately; and his mother had with gentle persistence objected, held her peace,
argued, and resisted, conflicting step by step against the inevitable, seeking to reconcile her son by pathos and
her God by petition; and then in an instant, only four days ago, it seemed that the latter had prevailed; and to
day Laurie, in a black suit, rent by sorrow, at this very hour at which the two ladies sat and talked in the
drawingroom, was standing by an open grave in the village churchyard, seeing the last of his love, under a
pile of blossoms as pink and white as her own complexion, within four elmboards with a brass plate upon
the cover.
Now, therefore, there was a new situation to face, and Mrs. Baxter was regarding it with apprehension.
It is true that mothers know sometimes more of their sons than their sons know of themselves, but there are
certain elements of character that sometimes neither mothers nor sons appreciate. It was one or two of those
elements that Maggie Deronnais, with her hands behind her head, was now considering. It seemed to her very
odd that neither the boy himself nor Mrs. Baxter in the least seemed to realise the astonishing selfishness of
this very boy's actions.
She had known him now for three years, though owing to her own absence in France a part of the time, and
his absence in London for the rest, she had seen nothing of this last affair. At first she had liked him
exceedingly; he had seemed to her ardent, natural, and generous. She had liked his affection for his mother
and his demonstrativeness in showing it; she had liked his wellbred swagger, his manner with servants, his
impulsive courtesy to herself. It was a real pleasure to her to see him, morning by morning, in his
knickerbockers and Norfolk jacket, or his tweed suit; and evening by evening in his swallowtail coat and
white shirt, and the knee breeches and buckled shoes that he wore by reason of the touch of picturesque and
defiant romanticism that was so obvious a part of his nature. Then she had begun, little by little, to perceive
the egotism that was even more apparent; his selfwill, his moodiness, and his persistence.
Though, naturally, she had approved of his conversion to Catholicism, yet she was not sure that his motives
were pure. She had hoped indeed that the Church, with its astonishing peremptoriness, might do something
towards a moral conversion, as well as an artistic and intellectual change of view. But this, it seemed, had not
happened; and this final mad episode of Amy Nugent had fanned her criticism to indignation. She did not
disapprove of romancein fact she largely lived by itbut there were things even more important, and she
was as angry as she could be, with decency, at this last manifestation of selfishness.
For the worst of it was that, as she knew perfectly well, Laurie was rather an exceptional person. He was not
at all the Young Fool of Fiction. There was a remarkable virility about him, he was tenderhearted to a
degree, he had more than his share of brains. It was intolerable that such a person should be so silly.
She wondered what sorrow would do for him. She had come down from Scotland the night before, and down
here to Hertfordshire this morning; she had not then yet seen him; and he was now at the funeral. . . .
Well, sorrow would be his test. How would he take it?
Mrs. Baxter broke in on her meditations.
"Maggy, darling . . . do you think you can do anything? You know I once hoped . . ."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 4
Page No 7
The girl looked up suddenly, with so vivid an air that it was an interruption. The old lady broke off.
"Well, well," she said. "But is it quite impossible that"
"Please, don't. II can't talk about that. It's impossible utterly impossible."
The old lady sighed; then she said suddenly, looking at the clock above the oak mantelshelf, "It is halfpast. I
expect"
She broke off as the front door was heard to open and close beyond the hall, and waited, paling a little, as
steps sounded on the flags; but the steps went up the stairs outside, and there was silence again.
"He has come back," she said. "Oh! my dear."
"How shall you treat him?" asked the girl curiously.
The old lady bent again over her embroidery.
"I think I shall just say nothing. I hope he will ride this afternoon. Will you go with him?"
"I think not. He won't want anyone. I know Laurie."
The other looked up at her sideways in a questioning way, and Maggie went on with a kind of slow
decisiveness.
"He will be queer at lunch. Then he will probably ride alone and be late for tea. Then tomorrow"
"Oh! my dear, Mrs. Stapleton is coming to lunch tomorrow. Do you think he'll mind?"
"Who is Mrs. Stapleton?"
The old lady hesitated.
"She'sshe's the wife of Colonel Stapleton. She goes in for what I think is called New Thought; at least, so
somebody told me last month. I'm afraid she's not a very steady person. She was a vegetarian last year; now I
believe she's given that up again."
Maggie smiled slowly, showing a row of very white, strong teeth.
"I know, auntie," she said. "No; I shouldn't think Laurie'll mind much. Perhaps he'll go back to town in the
morning, too."
"No, my dear, he's staying till Thursday."
There fell again one of those pleasant silences that are possible in the country. Outside the garden, with the
meadows beyond the village road, lay in that sweet September hush of sunlight and mellow colour that
seemed to embalm the house in peace. From the farm beyond the stableyard came the crowing of a cock,
followed by the liquid chuckle of a pigeon perched somewhere overhead among the twisted chimneys. And
within this room all was equally at peace. The sunshine lay on table and polished floor, barred by the
mullions of the windows, and stained here and there by the little Flemish emblems and coats that hung across
the glass; while those two figures, so perfectly in place in their serenity and leisure, sat before the open
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 5
Page No 8
fireplace and contemplated the very unpeaceful element that had just walked upstairs incarnate in a pale,
drawneyed young man in black.
The house, in fact, was one of those that have a personality as marked and as mysterious as of a human
character. It affected people in quite an extraordinary way. It took charge of the casual guest, entertained and
soothed and sometimes silenced him; and it cast upon all who lived in it an enchantment at once inexplicable
and delightful. Externally it was nothing remarkable.
It was a large, squarebuilt house, close indeed to the road, but separated from it by a high wroughtiron gate
in an oak paling, and a short, straight gardenpath; originally even ante Tudor, but matured through
centuries, with a Queen Anne front of mellow red brick, and back premises of tile, oak, and modern
roughcast, with old brewhouses that almost enclosed a gravelled court behind. Behind this again lay a
great kitchen garden with boxlined paths dividing it all into a dozen rectangles, separated from the orchard
and yew walk by a broad double hedge down the centre of which ran a sheltered path. Round the south of the
house and in the narrow strip westwards lay broad lawns surrounded by high trees completely shading it from
all view of the houses that formed the tiny hamlet fifty yards away.
Within, the house had been modernised almost to a commonplace level. A little hall gave entrance to the
drawing room on the right where these two women now sat, a large, stately room, panelled from floor to
ceiling, and to the diningroom on the left; and, again, through to the back, where a smokingroom, an inner
hall, and the big kitchens and back premises concluded the ground floor. The two more stories above
consisted, on the first floor, of a row of large rooms, airy, high, and dignified, and in the attics of a series of
low pitched chambers, whitewashed, oakfloored, and dormer windowed, where one or two of the
servants slept in splendid isolation. A little flight of irregular steps leading out of the big room on to the first
floor, where the housekeeper lived in state, gave access to the further rooms near the kitchen and sculleries.
Maggie had fallen in love with the place from the instant that she had entered it. She had been warned in her
French convent of the giddy gaieties of the world and its temptations; and yet it seemed to her after a week in
her new home that the world was very much maligned. There was here a sense of peace and sheltered
security that she had hardly known even at school; and little by little she had settled down here, with the
mother and the son, until it had begun to seem to her that days spent in London or in other friends' houses
were no better than interruptions and failures compared with the leisurely, tender life of this place, where it
was so easy to read and pray and possess her soul in peace. This affair of Laurie's was almost the first
reminder of what she had known by hearsay, that Love and Death and Pain were the bones on which life was
modelled.
With a sudden movement she leaned forward, took up the bellows, and began to blow the smouldering logs
into flame.
Meanwhile, upstairs on a long couch beside the fire in his big bedsittingroom lay a young man on his face
motionless.
A week ago he had been one of those men who in almost any company appear easy and satisfactory, and,
above all, are satisfactory to themselves. His life was a very pleasant one indeed.
He had come down from Oxford just a year ago, and had determined to take things as they came, to foster
acquaintanceships, to travel a little with a congenial friend, to stay about in other people's houses, and, in fact,
to enjoy himself entirely before settling down to read law. He had done this most successfully, and had
crowned all, as has been related, by falling in love on a July evening with one who, he was quite certain, was
the mate designed for him for Time and Eternity. His life, in fact, up to three days ago had developed along
exactly those lines along which his temperament travelled with the greatest ease. He was the only son of a
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 6
Page No 9
widow, he had an excellent income, he made friends wherever he went, and he had just secured the most
charming rooms close to the Temple. He had plenty of brains, an exceedingly warm heart, and had lately
embraced a religion that satisfied every instinct of his nature. It was the best of all possible worlds, and fitted
him like his own wellcut clothes. It consisted of privileges without responsibilities.
And now the crash had come, and all was over.
As the gong sounded for luncheon he turned over and lay on his back, staring at the ceiling.
It should have been a very attractive face under other circumstances. Beneath his brown curls, just touched
with gold, there looked out a pair of grey eyes, bright a week ago, now dimmed with tears, and patched
beneath with lines of sorrow. His cleancut, rather passionate lips were set now, with down turned corners,
in a line of angry selfcontrol piteous to see; and his clear skin seemed stained and dull. He had never dreamt
of such misery in all his days.
As he lay now, with lax hands at his side, tightening at times in an agony of remembrance, he was seeing
vision after vision, turning now and again to the contemplation of a dark future without life or love or hope.
Again he saw Amy, as he had first seen her under the luminous July evening, jewelled overhead with peeping
stars, amber to the westwards, where the sun had gone down in glory. She was in her sunbonnet and print
dress, stepping towards him across the freshscented meadow grass lately shorn of its flowers and growth,
looking at him with that curious awed admiration that delighted him with its flattery. Her face was to the
west, the reflected glory lay on it as delicate as the light on a flower, and her blue eyes regarded him beneath
a halo of golden hair.
He saw her again as she had been one moonlight evening as the two stood together by the sluice of the
stream, among the stillness of the woods below the village, with all fairyland about them and in their hearts.
She had thrown a wrap about her head and stolen down there by devious ways, according to the appointment,
meeting him, as was arranged, as he came out from dinner with all the glamour of the Great House about him,
in his evening dress, buckled shoes, and kneebreeches all complete. How marvellous she had been thena
sweet nymph of flesh and blood, glorified by the moon to an ethereal delicacy, with the living pallor of
sunkissed skin, her eyes looking at him like stars beneath her shawl. They had said very little; they had
stood there at the sluice gate, with his arm about her, and herself willingly nestling against him, trembling
now and again; looking out at the sheeny surface of the slow flowing stream from which, in the imperceptible
night breeze, stole away wraith after wraith of water mist to float and lose themselves in the sleeping woods.
Or, once more, clearer than all else he remembered how he had watched her, himself unseen, delaying the
delight of revealing himself, one August morning, scarcely three weeks ago, as she had come down the road
that ran past the house, again in her sunbonnet and print dress, with the dew shining about her on grass and
hedge, and the haze of a summer morning veiling the intensity of the blue sky above. He had called her then
gently by name, and she had turned her face to him, alight with love and fear and sudden wonder. . . . He
remembered even now with a reflection of memory that was nearly an illusion the smell of yew and garden
flowers.
This, then, had been the dream; and today the awakening and the end.
That end was even more terrible than he had conceived possible on that horrible Friday morning last week,
when he had opened the telegram from her father.
He had never before understood the sordidness of her surroundings, as when, an hour ago, he had stood at the
grave side, his eyes wandering from that long elm box with the silver plate and the wreath of flowers, to the
mourners on the other sideher father in his broadcloth, his heavy, smooth face pulled in lines of grotesque
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 7
Page No 10
sorrow; her mother, with her crimson, tearstained cheeks, her elaborate black, her intolerable crape, and her
jethung mantle. Even these people had been seen by him up to then through a haze of love; he had thought
them simple honest folk, creatures of the soil, yet wholesome, natural, and sturdy. And now that the jewel
was lost the setting was worse than empty. There in the elm box lay the remnants of the shattered gem. . . .
He had seen her in her bed on the Sunday, her fallen face, her sunken eyes, all framed in the detestable
whiteness of linen and waxen flowers, yet as pathetic and as appealing as ever, and as necessary to his life. It
was then that the supreme fact had first penetrated to his consciousness, that he had lost herthe fact which,
driven home by the funeral scene this morning, the rustling crowd come to see the young Squire, the elm box,
the heap of flowers had now flung him down on this couch, crushed, broken, and hopeless, like young ivy
after a thunderstorm.
His moods alternated with the rapidity of flying clouds. At one instant he was furious with pain, at the next
broken and lax from the same cause. At one moment he cursed God and desired to die, defiant and raging; at
the next he sank down into himself as weak as a tortured child, while tears ran down his cheeks and little
moans as of an animal murmured in his throat. God was a hated adversary, a merciless Judge . . . a Blind Fate
. . . there was no God . . . He was a Fiend . ... there was nothing anywhere in the whole universe but Pain and
Vanity . . .
Yet, through it all, like a throbbing pedal note, ran his need of this girl. He would do anything, suffer
anything, make any sacrifice, momentary or lifelong, if he could but see her again, hold her hand for one
instant, look into her eyes mysterious with the secret of death. He had but three or four words to say to her,
just to secure himself that she lived and was still his, and then . . . then he would say goodbye to her, content
and happy to wait till death should reunite them. Ah! he asked so little, and God would not give it him.
All, then, was a mockery. It was only this past summer that he had begun to fancy himself in love with
Maggie Deronnais. It had been an emotion of very quiet growth, developing gently, week by week, feeding
on her wholesomeness, her serenity, her quiet power, her cool, capable hands, and the look in her direct eyes;
it resembled respect rather than passion, and need rather than desire; it was a hunger rather than a thirst. Then
had risen up this other, blinding and bewildering; and, he told himself, he now knew the difference. His lips
curled into bitter and resentful lines as he contemplated the contrast. And all was gone, shattered and
vanished; and even Maggie was now impossible.
Again he writhed over, sick with pain and longing; and so lay.
It was ten minutes before he moved again, and then he only roused himself as he heard a foot on the stairs.
Perhaps it was his mother.
He slipped off the couch and stood up, his face lined and creased with the pressure with which he had lain
just now, and smoothed his tumbled clothes. Yes, he must go down.
He stepped to the door and opened it.
"I am coming immediately," he said to the servant.
He bore himself at lunch with a respectable selfcontrol, though he said little or nothing. His mother's
attitude he found hard to bear, as he caught her eyes once or twice looking at him with sympathy; and he
allowed himself internally to turn to Maggie with relief in spite of his meditations just now. She at least
respected his sorrow, he told himself. She bore herself very naturally, though with long silences, and never
once met his eyes with her own. He made his excuses as soon as he could and slipped across to the
stableyard. At least he would be alone this afternoon. Only, as he rode away half an hour later, he caught a
sight of the slender little figure of his mother waiting to have one word with him if she could, beyond the
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 8
Page No 11
halldoor. But he set his lips and would not see her.
It was one of those perfect September days that fall sometimes as a gift from heaven after the bargain of
summer has been more or less concluded. As he rode all that afternoon through lanes and across uplands, his
view barred always to the north by the great downs above Royston, greyblue against the radiant sky, there
was scarcely a hint in earth or heaven of any emotion except prevailing peace. Yet the very serenity tortured
him the more by its mockery. The birds babbled in the deep woods, the cheerful noise of children reached
him now and again from a cottage garden, the mellow light smiled unending benediction, and yet his
subconsciousness let go for never an instant of the long elm box six feet below ground, and of its contents
lying there in the stifling dark, in the longgrassed churchyard on the hill above his home.
He wondered now and again as to the fate of the spirit that had informed the body and made it what it was;
but his imagination refused to work. After all, he asked himself, what were all the teachings of theology but
words gabbled to break the appalling silence? Heaven . . . Purgatory . . . Hell. What was known of these
things? The very soul itselfwhat was that? What was the inconceivable environment, after all, for so
inconceivable a thing? . . .
He did not need these things, he saidcertainly not nownor those labels and signposts to a doubtful,
unimaginable land. He needed Amy herself, or, at least, some hint or sound or glimpse to show him that she
indeed was as she had always been; whether in earth or heaven, he did not care; that there was somewhere
something that was herself, some definite personal being of a continuous consciousness with that which he
had known, characterised still by those graces which he thought he had recognised and certainly loved. Ah!
he did not ask much. It would be so easy to God! Here out in this lonely lane where he rode beneath the
branches, his reins loose on his horse's neck, his eyes, unseeing, roving over copse and meadow across to the
eternal hillsa face, seen for an instant, smiling and gone again; a whisper in his ear, with that dear stammer
of shyness; a touch on his knee of those rippling fingers that he had watched in the moonlight playing gently
on the sluicegate above the moonlit stream. . . . He would tell no one if God wished it to be a secret; he
would keep it wholly to himself. He did not ask now to possess her; only to be certain that she lived, and that
death was not what it seemed to be.
"Is Father Mahon at home?" he asked, as he halted a mile from his own house in the village, where stood the
little tin church, not a hundred yards from its elder alienated sister, to which he and Maggie went on Sundays.
The housekeeper turned from her vegetablegathering beyond the fence, and told him yes. He dismounted,
hitched the reins round the gatepost, and went in.
Ah! what an antipathetic little room this was in which he waited while the priest was being fetched from
upstairs!
Over the mantelpiece hung a large oleograph of Leo XIII, in cope and tiara, blessing with upraised hand and
that eternal, widelipped smile; a couple of jars stood beneath filled with dyed grasses; a briar pipe, redolent
and foul, lay between them. The rest of the room was in the same key: a bright Brussels carpet, pale and worn
by the door, covered the floor; cheap lace curtains were pinned across the windows; and over the littered table
a painted deal bookshelf held a dozen volumes, devotional, moral, and dogmatic theology; and by the side of
that an illuminated address framed in gilt, and so on.
Laurie looked at it all in dumb dismay. He had seen it before, again and again, but had never realised its
horror as he realised it now from the depths of his own misery. Was it really true that his religion could emit
such results?
There was a step on the stairsa very heavy oneand Father Mahon came in, a large, crimsonfaced man,
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 9
Page No 12
who seemed to fill the room with a completely unethereal presence, and held out his hand with a certain
gravity. Laurie took it and dropped it.
"Sit down, my dear boy," said the priest, and he impelled him gently to a horsehaircovered armchair.
Laurie stiffened.
"Thank you, father; but I mustn't stay."
He fumbled in his pocket, and fetched out a little paper covered packet.
"Will you say Mass for my intention, please?" And he laid the packet on the mantelshelf.
The priest took up the coins and slipped them into his waistcoat pocket.
"Certainly," he said. "I think I know"
Laurie turned away with a little jerk.
"I must be going," he said. "I only looked in"
"Mr. Baxter," said the other, "I hope you will allow me to say how much"
Laurie drew his breath swiftly, with a hiss as of pain, and glanced at the priest.
"You understand, then, what my intention is?"
"Why, surely. It is for her soul, is it not?"
"I suppose so," said the boy, and went out.
CHAPTER II
I
"I HAVE told him," said Mrs. Baxter, as the two women walked beneath the yews that morning after
breakfast. "He said he didn't mind."
Maggie did not speak. She had come out just as she was, hatless, but had caught up a spud that stood in the
hall, and at that instant had stopped to destroy a youthful plantain that had established himself with infinite
pains on the slope of the path. She attacked for a few seconds, extricated what was possible of the root with
her strong fingers, tossed the corpse among the ivy, and then moved on.
"I don't know whether to say anything to Mrs. Stapleton or not," pursued the old lady.
"I think I shouldn't, auntie," said the girl slowly.
They spoke of it for a minute or two as they passed up and down, but Maggie only attended with one
superficies of her mind.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 10
Page No 13
She had gone up as usual to Mass that morning, and had been astonished to find Laurie already in church;
they had walked back together, and, to her surprise, he had told her that the Mass had been for his own
intention.
She had answered as well as she could; but a sentence or two of his as they came near home had vaguely
troubled her.
It was not that he had said anything he ought not, as a Catholic, to have said; yet her instinct told her that
something was wrong. It was his manner, his air, that troubled her. What strange people these converts were!
There was so much ardour at one time, so much chilliness at another; there was so little of that steady
workaday acceptance of religious facts that marked the born Catholic.
"Mrs. Stapleton is a New Thought kind of person," she said presently.
"So I understand," said the old lady, with a touch of peevishness. "A vegetarian last year. And I believe she
was a sort of Buddhist five or six years ago. And then she nearly became a Christian Scientist a little while
ago."
Maggie smiled.
"I wonder what she'll talk about," she said.
"I hope she won't be very advanced," went on the old lady. "And you think I'd better not tell her about
Laurie?"
"I'm sure it's best not," said the girl, "or she'll tell him about Deep Breathing, or saying Om, or something.
No; I should let Laurie alone."
It was a little before one o'clock that the motor arrived, and that there descended from it at the iron gate a tall,
slender woman, hooded and veiled, who walked up the little path, observed by Maggie from her bedroom,
with a kind of whisking step. The motor moved on, wheeled in through the gates at the left, and sank into
silence in the stableyard.
"It's too charming of you, dear Mrs. Baxter," Maggie heard as she came into the drawingroom a minute or
two later, "to let me come over like this. I've heard so much about this house. Lady Laura was telling me how
very psychical it all was."
"My adopted daughter, Miss Deronnais," observed the old lady.
Maggie saw a rather pretty, passé face, triangular in shape, with small red lips, looking at her, as she made
her greetings.
"Ah! how perfect all this is," went on the guest presently, looking about her, "how suggestive, how full of
meaning!"
She threw back her cloak presently, and Maggie observed that she was busy with various very beautiful little
emblemsa scarab, a snake swallowing its tail, and so forthall exquisitely made, and hung upon a slender
chain of some green enamellike material. Certainly she was true to type. As the full light fell upon her it
became plain that this other worldly soul did not disdain to use certain toilet requisites upon her face; and a
curious Eastern odour exhaled from her dress.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 11
Page No 14
Fortunately, Maggie had a very deep sense of humour, and she hardly resented all this at all, nor even the
tactful hints dropped from time to time, after the conventional part of the conversation was over, to the effect
that Christianity was, of course, played out, and that a Higher Light had dawned. Mrs. Stapleton did not quite
say this outright, but it amounted to as much. Even before Laurie came downstairs it appeared that the lady
did not go to church, yet that, such was her broad mindedness, she did not at all object to do so. It was all
one, it seemed, in the Deeper Unity. Nothing particular was true; but all was very suggestive and significant
and symbolical of something else to which Mrs. Stapleton and a few friends had the key.
Mrs. Baxter made more than one attempt to get back to more mundane subjects, but it was useless. When
even the weather serves as a symbol, the plain man is done for.
Then Laurie came in.
He looked very selfcontained and rather pinched this morning, and shook hands with the lady without a
word. Then they moved across presently to the greenhung diningroom across the hall, and the exquisite
symbol of Luncheon made its appearance.
Lady Laura, it appeared, was one of those who had felt the charm of Stantons; only for her it was psychical
rather than physical, and all this was passed on by her friend. It seemed that the psychical atmosphere of most
modern houses was of a yellow tint, but that this one emanated a browngold radiance which was very
peculiar and exceptional. Indeed, it was this singularity that had caused Mrs. Stapleton to apply for an
invitation to the house. More than once during lunch, in a pause of the conversation, Maggie saw her throw
back her head slightly as if to appreciate some odour or colour not experienced by coarsernerved persons.
Once, indeed, she actually put this into words.
"Dear Laura was quite right," cried the lady; "there is something very unique about this place. How fortunate
you are, dear Mrs. Baxter!"
"My dear husband's grandfather bought the place," observed the mistress plaintively. "We have always found
it very soothing and pleasant."
"How right you are! Andand have you had any experiences here?" Mrs. Baxter eyed her in alarm. Maggie
had an irrepressible burst of internal laughter, which, however, gave no hint of its presence in her steady
features. She glanced at Laurie, who was eating mutton with a depressed air.
"I was talking to Mr. Vincent, the great spiritualist," went on the other vivaciously, "only last week. You have
heard of him, Mrs. Baxter? I was suggesting to him that any place where great emotions have been felt is
coloured and stained by them as objectively as old walls are weatherbeaten. I had such an interesting
conversation, too, with Cardinal Newman on the subject"she smiled brilliantly at Maggie, as if to reassure
her of her own orthodoxy"scarcely six weeks ago."
There was a pregnant silence. Mrs. Baxter's fork sank to her plate.
"I don't understand," she said faintly. "Cardinal Newman surely"
"Why yes," said the other gently. "I know it sounds very startling to orthodox ears; but to us of the Higher
Thought all these things are quite familiar. Of course, I need hardly say that Cardinal Newman is no
longerbut perhaps I had better not go on."
She glanced archly at Maggie.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 12
Page No 15
"Oh, please go on," said Maggie genially. "You were saying that Cardinal Newman"
"Dear Miss Deronnais, are you sure you will not be offended?"
"I am always glad to receive new light," said Maggie solemnly.
The other looked at her doubtfully; but there was no hint of irony in the girl's face.
"Well," she began, "of course on the Other Side they see things very differently. I don't mean at all that any
religion is exactly untrue. Oh no; they tell us that if we cannot welcome the New Light, then the old lights
will do very well for the present. Indeed, when there are Catholics present Cardinal Newman does not scruple
to give them a Latin blessing"
"Is it true that he speaks with an American accent?" asked Maggie gravely. The other laughed with a
somewhat shrill geniality.
"That is too bad, Miss Deronnais. Well, of course, the personality of the medium affects the vehicle through
which the communications come. That is no difficulty at all when once you understand the principle"
Mrs. Baxter interrupted. She could bear it no longer.
"Mrs. Stapleton. Do you mean that Cardinal Newman really speaks to you?"
"Why yes," said the other, with a patient indulgence. "That is a very usual experience, but Mr. Vincent does
much more than that. It is quite a common experience not only to hear him, but to see him. I have shaken
hands with him more than once . . . and I have seen a Catholic kiss his ring."
Mrs. Baxter looked helplessly at the girl; and Maggie came to the rescue once more. "This sounds rather
advanced to us," she said. "Won't you explain the principles first?"
Mrs. Stapleton laid her knife and fork down, leaned back, and began to discourse. When a little later her plate
was removed, she refused sweets with a gesture, and continued.
Altogether she spoke for about ten minutes, uninterrupted, enjoying herself enormously. The others ate food
or refused it in attentive silence. Then at last she ended.
". . . I know all this must sound quite mad and fanatical to those who have not experienced it; and yet to us
who have been disciples it is as natural to meet our friends who have crossed over as to meet those who have
not. . . . Dear Mrs. Baxter, think how all this enlarges life. There is no longer any death to those who
understand. All those limitations are removed; it is no more than going into another room. All are together in
the Hands of the AllFather"Maggie recognised the jetsam of Christian Science. "`O death!' as Paul says,
`where is thy sting? O grave, where is thy victory?'"
Mrs. Stapleton flashed a radiant look of helpfulness round the faces, lingering for an instant on Laurie's, and
leaned back.
There followed a silence.
"Shall we go into the drawingroom?" suggested Mrs. Baxter, feebly rising. The guest rose too, again with a
brilliant patient smile, and swept out. Maggie crossed herself and looked at Laurie. The boy had an
expression, half of disgust, half of interest, and his eyelids sank a little and rose again. Then Maggie went out
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 13
Page No 16
after the others.
II
"A dreadful woman," observed Mrs. Baxter half an hour later, as the two strolled back up the garden path,
after seeing Mrs. Stapleton wave a delicately gloved hand encouragingly to them over the back of the
throbbing motor.
"I suppose she thinks she believes it all," said Maggie.
"My dear, that woman would believe anything. I hope poor Laurie was not too much distressed."
"Oh! I think Laurie took it all right."
"It was most unfortunate, all that about death and the rest. . . . Why, here comes Laurie; I thought he would be
gone out by now!"
The boy strolled towards them round the corner of the house, tossing away the fragment of his cigarette. He
was still in his dark suit, bareheaded, with no signs of riding about him.
"So you've not gone out yet, dear boy?" remarked his mother.
"Not yet," he said, and hesitated as they went on.
Mrs. Baxter noticed it.
"I'll go and get ready," she said. "The carriage will be round at three, Maggie."
When she was gone the two moved out together on to the lawn.
"What did you think of that woman?" demanded Laurie with a detached air.
Maggie glanced at him. His tone was a little too much detached.
"I thought her quite dreadful," she said frankly. "Didn't you?" she added.
"Oh yes, I suppose so," said Laurie. He drew out a cigarette and lighted it. "You know a lot of people think
there's something in it," he said.
"In what?"
"Spiritualism."
"I daresay," said Maggie.
She perceived out of the corner of her eye that Laurie looked at her suddenly and sharply. For herself, she
loathed what little she knew of the subject, so cordially and completely, that she could hardly have put it into
words. Ninetenths of it she believed to be frauda matter of wigs and Indian muslin and crosslightsand
the other tenth, by the most generous estimate, an affair of the dingiest and foulest of all the backstairs of life.
The prophetic outpourings of Mrs. Stapleton had not altered her opinion.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 14
Page No 17
"Oh! if you feel like that" went on Laurie.
She turned on him.
"Laurie," she said, "I think it perfectly detestable. I acknowledge I don't know much about it; but what little I
do know is enough, thank you."
Laurie smiled in a faintly patronising way.
"Well," he said indulgently, "if you think that, it's not much use discussing it."
"Indeed it's not," said Maggie, with her nose in the air.
There was not much more to be said; and the sounds of stamping and whoaing in the stableyard presently
sent the girl indoors in a hurry.
Mrs. Baxter was still mildly querulous during the drive. It appeared to her, Maggie perceived, a kind of veiled
insult that things should be talked about in her house which did not seem to fit in with her own scheme of the
universe. Mrs. Baxter knew perfectly well that every soul when it left this world went either to what she
called Paradise, or in extremely exceptional cases, to a place she did not name; and that these places, each in
its own way, entirely absorbed the attention of its inhabitants. Further, it was established in her view that all
the members of the spiritual world, apart from the unhappy ones, were a kind of Anglicans, with their minds
no doubt enlarged considerably, but on the original lines.
Tales like this of Cardinal Newman therefore were extremely tiresome and upsetting.
And Maggie had her theology also; to her also it appeared quite impossible that Cardinal Newman should
frequent the drawingroom of Mr. Vincent in order to exchange impressions with Mrs. Stapleton; but she
was more elementary in her answer. For her the thing was simply untrue; and that was the end of it. She
found it difficult therefore to follow her companion's train of thought.
"What was it she said?" demanded Mrs. Baxter presently. "I didn't understand her ideas about materialism."
"I think she called it materialisation," explained Maggie patiently. "She said that when things were very
favourable, and the medium a very good one, the soul that wanted to communicate could make a kind of body
for itself out of what she called the astral matter of the medium or the sitters."
"But surely our bodies aren't like that?"
"No; I can't say that I think they are. But that's what she said."
"My dear, please explain. I want to understand the woman."
Maggie frowned a little.
"Well, the first thing she said was that those souls want to communicate; and that they begin generally by
things like tablerapping, or making blue lights. Then when you know they're there, they can go further.
Sometimes they gain control of the medium who is in a trance, and speak through him, or write with his
hand. Then, if things are favourable, they begin to draw out this matter, and make it into a kind of body for
themselves, very thin and ethereal, so that you can pass your hand through it. Then, as things get better and
better, they go further still, and can make this body so solid that you can touch it; only this is sometimes
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 15
Page No 18
rather dangerous, as it is still, in a sort of way, connected with the medium. I think that's the idea."
"But what's the good of it all?"
"Well, you see, Mrs. Stapleton thinks that they really are souls from the other world, and that they can tell us
all kinds of things about it all, and what's true, and so on."
"But you don't believe that?"
Maggie turned her large eyes on the old lady; and a spark of humour rose and glimmered in them.
"Of course I don't," she said.
"Then how do you explain it?"
"I think it's probably all a fraud. But I really don't know. It doesn't seem to me to matter much"
"But if it should be true?"
Maggie raised her eyebrows, smiling.
"Dear auntie, do put it out of your head, How can it possibly be true?"
Mrs. Baxter set her lips in as much severity as she could.
"I shall ask the Vicar," she said. "We might stop at the Vicarage on the way back."
Mrs. Baxter did not often stop at the Vicarage; as she did not altogether approve of the Vicar's wife. There
was a good deal of pride in the old lady, and it seemed to her occasionally as if Mrs. Rymer did not
understand the difference between the Hall and the Parsonage. She envied sometimes, secretly, the Romanist
idea of celibacy: it was so much easier to get on with your spiritual adviser if you did not have to consider his
wife. But here was a matter which a clergyman must settle for her once and for all; so she put on a slight air
of dignity which became her very well, and a little after four o'clock the victoria turned up the steep little
drive that led to the Vicarage.
III
The dusk was already fallen before Laurie, strolling vaguely in the garden, heard the carriage wheels draw up
at the gate outside.
He had ridden again alone, and his mind had run, to a certain extent, as might be expected, upon the recent
guest and her very startling conversation. He was an intelligent young man, and he had not been in the least
taken in by her pseudo mystical remarks. Yet there had been something in her extreme assurance that had
affected him, as a man may smile sourly at a good story in bad taste. His attitude, in fact, was that of most
Christians under the circumstances. He did not, for an instant, believe that such things really and literally
happened, and yet it was difficult to advance any absolutely conclusive argument against them. Merely, they
had not come his way; they appeared to conflict with experience, and they usually found as their advocates
such persons as Mrs. Stapleton.
Two things, however, prevailed to keep the matter before his mind. The first was his own sense of loss, his
own experience, sore and hot within him, of the unapproachable emptiness of death; the second, Maggie's
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 16
Page No 19
attitude. When a plainly sensible and controlled young woman takes up a position of superiority, she is apt,
unless the young man in her company happens to be in love with herand sometimes even when he isto
provoke and irritate him into a camp of opposition. She is still more apt to do so if her relations to him have
once been in the line of even greater tenderness.
Laurie then was not in the most favourable of moods to receive the dicta of the Vicar.
They were announced to him immediately after Mrs. Baxter had received from Maggie's hands her first cup
of tea.
"Mr. Rymer tells me it's all nonsense," she said.
Laurie looked up.
"What?" he said.
"Mr. Rymer tells me Spiritualism is all nonsense. He told me about someone called Eglingham, who kept a
beard in his portmanteau."
"Eglinton, I think, auntie," put in Maggie.
"I daresay, my dear. Anyhow, it's all the same. I felt sure it must be so." Laurie took a bun, with a thoughtful
air.
"Does Mr. Rymer know very much about it, do you think, mother?"
"Dear boy, I think he knows all that anyone need know. Besides, if you come to think of it, how could
Cardinal Newman possibly appear in a drawingroom? Particularly when Mrs. Stapleton says he isn't a
Christian any longer."
This had a possible and rather pleasing double interpretation; but Laurie decided it was not worth while to be
humorous.
"What about the Witch of Endor?" he asked innocently, instead.
"That was in the Old Testament," answered his mother rapidly. "Mr. Rymer said something about that too."
"Oh! wasn't it really Samuel who appeared?"
"Mr. Rymer thinks that things were permitted then that are not permitted now."
Laurie drank up his cup of tea. it is a humiliating fact that extreme grief often renders the mourner rather
cross. There was a distinct air of crossness about Laurie at this moment. His nerves were very near the top.
"Well, that's very convenient," he said. "Maggie, do you know if there's any book on Spiritualism in the
house?"
The girl glanced uneasily near the fireplace.
"I don't know," she said. "Yes; I think there's something up there. I believe I saw it the other day."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 17
Page No 20
Laurie rose and stood opposite the shelves.
"What colour is it? (No, no more tea, thanks.)"
"Er . . . black and red, I think," said the girl. "I forget."
She looked up at him, faintly uneasy, as he very deliberately drew down a book from the shelf and turned the
pages.
"Yes . . . this is it," he said. "Thanks very much. . . . No, really no more tea, thanks, mother."
Then he went to the door, with his easy, rather long steps, and disappeared. They heard his steps in the inner
hall. Then a door closed overhead.
Mrs. Baxter contentedly poured herself out another cup of tea.
"Poor boy," she said. "He's thinking of that girl still. I'm glad he's got something to occupy his mind."
The end room, on the first floor, was Laurie's possession. It was a big place, with two windows, and a large
open fire, and he had skilfully masked the fact that it was a bedroom by disposing his furniture, with the help
of a screen, in such a manner as completely to hide the bed and the washing arrangements.
The rest of the room he had furnished in a pleasing male kind of fashion, with a big couch drawn across the
fire, a writingtable and chairs, a deep easy chair near the door, and a long, high bookcase covering the wall
between the door and the windows. His college oar, too, hung here, and there were pleasant groups and
pictures scattered on the other walls.
Maggie did not often come in here, except by invitation, but about seven o'clock on this evening, half an hour
before she had to go and dress, she thought she would look in on him for a few minutes. She was still a little
uncomfortable; she did not quite know why: it was too ridiculous, she told herself, that a sensible boy like
Laurie could be seriously affected by what she considered the wicked nonsense of Spiritualism.
Yet she went, telling herself that Laurie's grief was an excuse for showing him a little marked friendliness.
Besides, she would like to ask him whether he was really going back to town on Thursday.
She tapped twice before an answer came; and then it seemed a rather breathless voice which spoke.
The boy was sitting bolt upright on the edge of the sofa, with a couple of candles at his side, and the book in
his hands. There was a strained and intensely interested look in his eyes.
"May I come in for a few minutes? It's nearly dressing time," she said.
"Ohercertainly."
He got up, rather stiffly, still keeping his place in the book with one finger, while she sat down. Then he too
sat again, and there was silence for a moment.
"Why, you're not smoking," she said.
"I forgot. I will now, if you don't mind!"
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 18
Page No 21
She saw his fingers tremble a little as he put out his hand to a box of cigarettes at his side. But he put the
book down, after looking at the page.
She could keep her question in no longer.
"What do you think of that," she said, nodding at the book.
He filled his lungs with smoke and exhaled again slowly.
"I think it's extraordinary," he said shortly.
"In what way?"
Again he paused before answering. Then he answered deliberately.
"If human evidence is worth anything, those things happen," he said.
"What things?"
"The dead return."
Maggie looked at him, aware of his deliberate attempt at dramatic brevity. He was watching the end of his
cigarette with elaborate attention, and his face had that white, rather determined look that she had seen on it
once or twice before, in the presence of a domestic crisis.
"Do you really mean you believe that?" she said, with a touch of careful bitterness in her voice.
"I do," he said, "or else"
"Well?"
"Or else human evidence is worth nothing at all."
Maggie understood him perfectly; but she realised that this was not an occasion to force issues. She still put
the tone of faint irony into her voice.
"You really believe that Cardinal Newman comes to Mr. Vincent's drawingroom and raps on tables?"
"I really believe that it is possible to get into touch with those whom we call dead. Each instance, of course,
depends on its own evidence."
"And Cardinal Newman?"
"I have not studied the evidence for Cardinal Newman," remarked Laurie in a headvoice.
"Let's have a look at that book," said Maggie impulsively.
He handed it to her; and she began to turn the pages, pausing now and again to read a particular paragraph,
and once for nearly a minute while she examined an illustration. Certainly the book seemed interestingly
written, and she read an argument or two that appeared reasonably presented. Yet she was extraordinarily
repelled even by the dead paper and ink she had in her hands. It was as if it was something obscene. Finally
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 19
Page No 22
she tossed it back on to the couch.
Laurie waited; but she said nothing.
"Well?" he asked at last, still refraining from looking at her.
"I think it's horrible," she said.
Laurie delicately adjusted a little tobacco protruding from his cigarette.
"Isn't that a little unreasonable?" he asked. "You've hardly looked at it yet."
Maggie knew this mood of his only too well. He reserved it for occasions when he was determined to fight.
Argument was a useless weapon against it.
"My dear boy," she said with an effort, "I'm sorry. I daresay it is unreasonable. But that kind of thing does
seem to me so disgusting. That's all. . . . I didn't come to talk about that. . . . Tell me"
"Didn't you?" said Laurie.
Maggie was silent.
"Didn't you?"
"Wellyes I did. But I don't want to any more."
Laurie smiled so that it might be seen.
"Well, what else did you want to say?" He glanced purposely at the book. Maggie ignored his glance.
"I just came to see how you were getting on."
"How do you mean? With the book?"
"No; in every way."
He looked up at her swiftly and suddenly, and she saw that his agony of sorrow was acute beneath all his
attempts at superiority, his courteous fractiousness, and his set face. She was filled suddenly with an
enormous pity.
"Oh! Laurie, I'm so sorry," she cried out. "Can't I do anything?"
"Nothing, thanks; nothing at all," he said quietly.
Again pity and misery surged up within her, and she cast all prudence to the winds. She had not realised how
fond she was of this boy till she saw once more that look in his eyes.
"Oh! Laurie, you know I didn't like it; butbut I don't know what to do, I'm so sorry. But don't spoil it all,"
she said wildly, hardly knowing what she feared.
"I beg your pardon?"
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 20
Page No 23
"You know what I mean. Don't spoil it, byby fancying things."
"Maggie," said the boy quietly, "you must let me alone. You can't help."
"Can't I?"
"You can't help," he repeated. "I must go my own way. Please don't say any more. I can't stand it."
There followed a dead silence. Then Maggie recovered and stood up. He rose with her.
"Forgive me, Laurie, won't you? I must say this. You'll remember I'll always do anything I can, won't you?"
Then she was gone.
IV
The ladies went to bed early at Stantons. At ten o'clock precisely a clinking of bedroom candlesticks was
heard in the hall, followed by the sound of locking doors. This was the signal. Mrs. Baxter laid aside her
embroidery with the punctuality of a religious at the sound of a bell, and said two words
"My dears."
There were occasionally exclamatory expostulations from the two at the picquettable, but in nine cases out
of ten the game had been designed with an eye upon the clock, and hardly any delay followed. Mrs. Baxter
kissed her son, and passed her arm through Maggie's. Laurie followed; gave them candles, and generally took
one himself.
But this evening there was no picquet. Laurie had stayed later than usual in the diningroom, and had
wandered rather restlessly about when he had joined the others. He looked at a London evening paper for a
little, paced about, vanished again, and only returned as the ladies were making ready to depart. Then he gave
them their candlesticks, and himself came back to the drawingroom.
He was, in fact, in a far more perturbed and excited mood than even Maggie had had any idea of. She had
interrupted him halfway through the book, but he had read again steadily until five minutes before dinner,
and had, indeed, gone back again to finish it afterwards. He had now finished it; and he wanted to think.
It had had a surprising effect on him, coming as it did upon a state of mind intensely stirred to its depths by
his sorrow. Crossness, as I have said, had been the natural psychological result of his emotions; but his
emotions were none the less real. The froth of whipped cream is real cream, after all.
Now Laurie had seen perfectly well the extreme unconvincingness of Mrs. Stapleton, and had been genuine
enough in his little shrug of disapproval in answer to Maggie's, after lunch; yet that lady's remarks had been
sufficient just to ignite the train of thought. This train had smouldered in the afternoon, had been fanned ever
so slightly by two breezesthe sense of Maggie's superiority and the faint rebellious reaction which had
come upon him with regard to his personal religion. Certainly he had had Mass said for Amy this morning;
but it had been by almost a superstitious rather than a religious instinct. He was, in fact, in that state of
religious unreality which occasionally comes upon converts within a year or two of the change of their faith.
The impetus of old association is absent, and the force of novelty has died.
Underneath all this then, it must be remembered that the one thing that was intensely real to him was his
sense of loss of the one soul in whom his own had been wrapped up. Even this afternoon as yesterday, even
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 21
Page No 24
this morning as he lay awake, he had been conscious of an irresistible impulse to demand some sign, to catch
some glimpse of that which was now denied to him.
It was in this mood that he had read the book; and it is not to be wondered at that he had been excited by it.
For it opened up to him, beneath all its sham mysticism, its intolerable affectations, its grotesque parody of
spirituality of all of which he was largely awarea glimmering avenue of a faintly possible hope of which
he had never dreameda hope, at least, of that half selfdeception which is so tempting to certain characters.
Here, in this book, written by a living man, whose name and address were given, were stories so startling, and
theories so apparently consonant with themselves and with other partly known factsstories and theories,
too, which met so precisely his own overmastering desire, that it is little wonder that he was affected by them.
Naturally, even during his reading, a thousand answers and adverse comments had sprung to his
mindsuggestions of fraud, of lying, of hallucinationbut yet, here the possibility remained. Here were
living men and women who, with the usual complement of senses and reason, declared categorically and in
detail, that on this and that date, in this place and the other, after having taken all possible precautions against
fraud, they had received messages from the deadmessages of which the purport was understood by none
but themselvesthat they had seen with their eyes, in sufficient light, the actual features of the dead whom
they loved, that they had even clasped their hands, and held for an instant the bodies of those whom they had
seen die with their own eyes, and buried.
When the ladies' footsteps had ceased to sound overhead, Laurie went to the French window, opened it, and
passed on to the lawn.
He was astonished at the warmth of the September night. The little wind that had been chilly this afternoon
had dropped with the coming of the dark, and high overhead he could see the great masses of the leaves
motionless against the sky. He passed round the house, and beneath the yews, and sat down on the garden
bench.
It was darker here than outside on the lawn. Beneath his feet were the soft needles from the trees, and above
him, as he looked out, still sunk in his thought, he could see the glimmer of a star or two between the
branches.
It was a fragrant, kindly night. From the hamlet of half a dozen houses beyond the garden came no sound;
and the house, too, was still behind him. An illuminated window somewhere on the first floor went out as he
looked at it, like a soul leaving a body; once a sleepy bird somewhere in the shrubbery chirped to its mate and
was silent again.
Then as he still laboured in argument, putting this against that, and weighing that against the other, his
emotion rose up in an irresistible torrent, and all consideration ceased. One thing remained: he must have
Amy, or he must die.
It was five or six minutes before he moved again from that attitude of clenched hands and tensely strung
muscles into which his sudden passion had cast him.
During those minutes he had willed with his whole power that she should come to him now and here, down
in this warm and fragrant darkness, hidden from all eyesin this sweet silence, round which sleep kept its
guard. Such things had happened before; such things must have happened, for the will and the love of man
are the mightiest forces in creation. Surely again and again it had happened; there must be somewhere in the
world man after man who had so called back the deada husband sobbing silently in the dark, a child
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 22
Page No 25
wailing for his mother; surely that force had before, in the world's history, willed back again from the
mysterious dark of space the dear personality that was all that even heaven could give, had even compelled
into a semblance of life some sort of body to clothe it in. These things must have happenedonly secrets had
been well kept.
So this boy had willed it; yet the dark had remained empty; and no shadow, no faintly outlined face, had even
for an instant blotted out the star on which he stared; no touch on his shoulder, no whisper in his ear. It had
seemed as he strove there, in the silence, that it must be done; that there was no limit to power concentrated
and intense. Yet it had not happened. . . .
Once he had shuddered a little; and the very shudder of fear had had in it a touch of delicious, trembling
expectation. Yet it had not happened.
Laurie relaxed his muscles therefore, let his breath exhale in a long sigh, and once more remembered the
book he had read and Mrs. Stapleton's feverish, selfconscious thought.
Half an hour later his mother, listening in her bed, heard his footsteps pass her room.
CHAPTER III
LADY LAURA BETHELL, spinster, had just returned to her house in Queen's Gate, with her dearest friend,
Mrs. Stapleton, for a few days of psychical orgy. It was in her house, as much as in any in London, that the
modern prophets were to be met with severelooking women in shapeless dresses, little men and big, with
long hair and cloaks; and it was in her drawingroom that tea and Queen cakes were dispensed to inquirers,
and papers read and discussed when the revels were over.
Lady Laura herself was not yet completely emancipated from what her friends sometimes called the
graveclothes of so called Revelation. To her it seemed a profound truth that things could be true and untrue
simultaneouslythat what might be facts on This Side, as she would have expressed it, might be falsehoods
on the Other. She was accustomed, therefore, to attend All Saints', Carlton Gardens, in the morning, and
psychical drawingrooms or halls in the evening, and to declare to her friends how beautifully the one aspect
illuminated and interpreted the other.
For the rest, she was a small, fairhaired woman, with pencilled dark eyebrows, a small aquiline nose, gold
pincenez, and an exquisite taste in dress.
The two were seated this Tuesday evening, a week after Mrs. Stapleton's visit to the Stantons, in the
drawingroom of the Queen's Gate house, over the remnants of what corresponded to fiveo'clock tea. I say
"corresponded," since both of them were sufficiently advanced to have renounced actual tea altogether. Mrs.
Stapleton partook of a little hot water out of a copper jacketed jug; her hostess of boiled milk. They shared
their Plasmon biscuits together. These things were considered important for those who would successfully
find the Higher Light.
At this instant they were discussing Mr. Vincent.
"Dearest, he seems to me so different from the others," mewed Lady Laura. "He is such a man, you know. So
often those others are not quite like men at all; they wear such funny clothes, and their hair always is so
queer, somehow."
"Darling, I know what you mean. Yes, there's a great deal of that about James Vincent. Even dear Tom was
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 23
Page No 26
almost polite to him: he couldn't bear the others: he said that he always thought they were going to paw him."
"And then his powers," continued Lady Laura"his powers always seem to me so much greater. The
magnetism is so much more evident."
Mrs. Stapleton finished her hot water.
"We are going on Sunday?" she said questioningly.
"Yes; just a small party. And he comes here tomorrow, you remember, just for a talk. I have asked a
clergyman I know in to meet him. It seems to me such a pity that our religious teachers should know so little
of what is going on."
"Who is he?"
"Oh, Mr. Jamieson . . . just a young clergyman I met in the summer. I promised to let him know the next time
Mr. Vincent came to me."
Mrs. Stapleton murmured her gratification.
These two had really a great deal in common besides their faith. It is true that Mrs. Stapleton was forty, and
her friend but thirtyone; but the former did all that was possible to compensate for this by adroit toilette
tactics. Both, too, were accustomed to dress in soft materials, with long chains bearing various emblems; they
did their hair in the same way; they cultivated the same kinds of tones in their voicesa purring, mewing
mannersuggestive of intuitive kittens. Both alike had a passion for proselytism. But after that the
differences began. There was a deal more in Mrs. Stapleton besides the kittenish qualities. She was perfectly
capable of delivering a speech in public; she had written some really wellexpressed articles in various
Higher periodicals; and she had a willpower beyond the ordinary. At the point where Lady Laura began to
deprecate and soothe, Mrs. Stapleton began to clear decks for action, so to speak, to be incisive, to be fervent,
even to be rather eloquent. She kept "dear Tom," the Colonel, not crushed or beaten, for that was beyond the
power of man to do, but at least silently acquiescent in her programme: he allowed her even to entertain her
prophetical friends at his expense, now and then; and, even when among men, refrained from too bitter
speech. It was said by the Colonel's friends that Mrs. Colonel had a tongue of her own. Certainly, she ruled
her house well and did her duty; and it was only because of her husband's absence in Scotland that during this
time she was permitting herself the refreshment of a week or two among the Illuminated.
At about six o'clock Lady Laura announced her intention of retiring for her evening meditation. Opening out
of her bedroom was a small dressingroom that she had fitted up for this purpose with all the broad
suggestiveness that marks the Higher Thought: decked with ornaments emblematical of at least three
religions, and provided with a faldstool and an exceedingly easy chair. It was here that she was accustomed to
spend an hour before dinner, with closed eyes, emancipating herself from the fetters of sense; and rising to a
due appreciation of that Nothingness that was All, from which All came and to which it retired.
"I must go, dearest; it is time."
A ring at the bell below made her pause.
"Do you think that can be Mr. Vincent?" she said, pleasantly apprehensive. "It's not the right day, but one
never knows."
A footman's figure entered.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 24
Page No 27
"Mr. Baxter, my lady. . . . Is your ladyship at home?"
"Mr. Baxter"
Mrs. Stapleton rose.
"Let me see him instead, dearest. . . . You remember . . . from Stantons."
"I wonder what he wants?" murmured the hostess. "Yes, do see him, Maud; you can always fetch me if it's
anything."
Then she was gone. Mrs. Stapleton sank into a chair again; and in a minute Laurie was shaking hands with
her.
Mrs. Stapleton was accustomed to deal with young men, and through long habit had learned how to flatter
them without appearing to do so. Laurie's type, however, was less familiar to her. She preferred the kind that
grow their hair rather long and wear turndown collars, and have just found out the hopeless banality of all
orthodoxy whatever. She even bore with them when they called themselves unmoral. But she remembered
Laurie, the silent boy at lunch last week, she had even mentioned him to Lady Laura, and received
information about the village girl, more or less correct. She was also aware that he was a Catholic.
She gave him her hand without rising.
"Lady Laura asked me to excuse her absence to you, Mr. Baxter. To be quite truthful, she is at home, but had
just gone upstairs for her meditation."
"Indeed!"
"Yes, you know; we think that so important, just as you do. Do sit down, Mr. Baxter. You have had tea?"
"Yes, thanks."
"I hope she will be down before you go. I don't think she'll be very long this evening. Can I give her any
message, Mr. Baxter, in case you don't see her?"
Laurie put his hat and stick down carefully, and crossed his legs.
"No; I don't think so, thanks," he said. "The fact is, I came partly to find out your address, if I might."
Mrs. Stapleton rustled and rearranged herself.
"Oh! but that's charming of you," she said. "Is there anything particular?"
"Yes," said Laurie slowly; "at least it seems rather particular to me. It's what you were talking about the other
day."
"Now how nice of you to say that! Do you know, I was wondering as we talked. Now do tell me exactly what
is in your mind, Mr. Baxter."
Mrs. Stapleton was conscious of a considerable sense of pleasure. Usually she found this kind of man very
imperceptive and gross. Laurie seemed perfectly at his ease, dressed quite in the proper way, and had an air
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 25
Page No 28
of presentableness that usually only went with Philistinism. She determined to do her best.
"May I speak quite freely, please?" he asked, looking straight at her.
"Please, please," she said, with that touch of childish intensity that her friends thought so innocent and
beautiful.
"Well, it's like this," said Laurie. "I've always rather disliked all that kind of thing, more than I can say. It did
seem to me sowellso feeble, don't you know; and then I'm a Catholic, you see, and so"
"Yes; yes?"
"Well, I've been reading Mr. Stainton Moses, and one or two other books; and I must say that an awful lot of
it seems to me still great rubbish; and then there are any amount of frauds, aren't there, Mrs. Stapleton, in that
line?"
"Alas! Ah, yes!"
"But then I don't know what to make of some of the evidence that remains. It seems to me that if evidence is
worth anything at all, there must be something real at the back of it all. And then, if that is so, if it really is
true that it is possible to get into actual touch with people who are deadI mean really and truly, so that
there's no kind of doubt about itwell, that does seem to me about the most important thing in the world. Do
you see?"
She kept her eyes on his face for an instant or two. Plainly he was really moved; his face had gone a little
white in the lamplight and his hands were clasped tightly enough over his knee to whiten the knuckles. She
remembered Lady Laura's remarks about the village girl, and understood. But she perceived that she must not
attempt intimacy just yet with this young man: he would resent it. Besides, she was shrewd enough to see by
his manner that he did not altogether like her.
She nodded pensively once or twice. Then she turned to him with a bright smile. "I understand entirely," she
said. "May I too speak quite freely? Yes? Well, I am so glad you have spoken out. Of course, we are quite
accustomed to being distrusted and feared. After all, it is the privilege of all truthseekers to suffer, is it not?
Well, I will say what is in my heart.
"First, you are quite right about some of our workers being dishonest sometimes. They are, Mr. Baxter, I have
seen more than one, myself, exposed. But that is natural, is it not? Why, there have been bad Catholics, too,
have there not? And, after all, we are only human; and there is a great temptation sometimes not to send
people away disappointed. You have heard those stories, I expect, Mr. Baxter?"
"I have heard of Mr. Eglinton."
"Ah! Poor Willie. . . . Yes. But he had great powers, for all that. . . . Well, but the point you want to get at is
this, is it not? Is it really true, underneath it all? Is that it?"
Laurie nodded, looking at her steadily. She leaned forward.
"Mr. Baxter, by all that I hold most sacred, I assure you that it is, that I myself have seen and touched . . .
touched . . . my own father, who crossed over twenty years ago. I have received messages from his own lips .
. . and communications in other ways too, concerning matters only known to him and to myself. Is that
sufficient? No"; (she held up a delicate silencing hand) ". . . no, I will not ask you to take my word. I will ask
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 26
Page No 29
you to test it for yourself."
Laurie too leaned forward now in his low chair, his hands clasped between his knees.
"You willyou will let me test it?" he said in a low voice.
She sat back easily, pushing her draperies straight. She was in some fine silk that fell straight from her high
slender waist to her coppercoloured shoes.
"Listen, Mr. Baxter. Tomorrow there is coming to this house certainly the greatest medium in London, if not
in Europe. (Of course we cannot compete with the East. We are only children beside them.) Well, this man,
Mr. VincentI think I spoke of him to you last weekhe is coming here just for a talk to one or two
friends. There shall be no difficulty if you wish it. I will speak to Lady Laura before you go."
Laurie looked at her without moving.
"I shall be very much obliged," he said. "You will remember that I am not yet in the least convinced? I only
want to know."
"That is exactly the right attitude. That is all we have any right to ask. We do not ask for blind faith, Mr.
Baxteronly for believing after having seen."
Laurie nodded slowly.
"That seems to me reasonable," he said.
There was silence for a moment. Then she determined on a bold stroke.
"There is someone in particularMr. Baxterforgive me for askingsomeone who has passed
over?"
She sank her voice to what she had been informed was a sympathetic tone, and was scarcely prepared for the
sudden tightening of that face.
"That is my affair, Mrs. Stapleton."
Ah well, she had been premature. She would fetch Lady Laura, she said; she thought she might venture for
such a purpose. No, she would not be away three minutes. Then she rustled out.
Laurie went to the fire to wait, and stood there, mechanically warming his hands and staring down at that
sleeping core of red coal.
He had taken his courage in both hands in coming at all. In spite of his brave words to Maggie, he had been
conscious of a curious repulsion with regard to the whole mattera repulsion not only of contempt towards
the elaborate affectations of the woman he had determined to consult. Yet he had come.
What he had said just now had been perfectly true. He was not yet in the least convinced, but he was anxious,
intensely and passionately anxious, goaded too by desire.
Ah! surely it was absurd and fantastichere in London, in this century. He turned and faced the lamplit
room, letting his eyes wander round the picturehung walls, the blue stamped paper, the Empire furniture, the
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 27
Page No 30
general appearance of beautiful comfort and sane modern life. It was absurd and fantastic; he would be
disappointed again, as he had been disappointed in everything else. These things did not happenthe dead
did not return. Step by step those things that for centuries had been deemed evidence of the supernatural, one
by one had been explained and discounted. Hypnotism, waterdivining, witchcraft, and the rest. All these had
once been believed to be indisputable proofs of a life beyond the grave, of strange supernormal personalities,
and these, one by one, had been either accounted for or discredited. It was mad of him to be alarmed or
excited. No, he would go through with it, expecting nothing, hoping nothing. But he would just go through
with it to satisfy himself. . . .
The door opened, and the two ladies came in.
"I am delighted that you called, Mr. Baxter; and on such an errand!"
Lady Laura put out a hand, tremulous with pleasure at welcoming a possible disciple.
"Mrs. Stapleton has explained" began Laurie.
"I understand everything. You come as a scepticno, not as a sceptic, but as an inquirer, that is all that we
wish. . . . Then tomorrow, at about halfpast four."
CHAPTER IV
I
IT was a mellow October afternoon, glowing towards sunset, as Laurie came across the south end of the park
to his appointment next day; and the effect of it upon his mind was singularly unsuggestive of supernatural
mystery. Instead, the warm sky, the lights beginning to peep here and there, though an hour before sunset,
turned him rather in the direction of the natural and the domestic.
He wondered what his mother and Maggie would say if they knew his errand, for he had sufficient
selfcontrol not to have told them of his intentions. As regards his mother he did not care very much. Of
course she would deprecate it and feebly dissuade; but he recognised that there was no particular principle
behind, beyond a sense of discomfort at the unknown. But it was necessary for him to argue with himself
about Maggie. The angry kind of contempt that he knew she would feel needed an answer; and he gave it by
reminding himself that she had been brought up in a conventschool, that she knew nothing of the world, and
that, lastly, he himself did not take the matter seriously. He was aware, too, that the instinctive repulsion that
she felt so keenly found a certain echo in his own feelings; but he explained this by the novelty of the thing.
In fact, the attitude of mind in which he more or less succeeded in arraying himself was that of one who goes
to see a serious conjurer. It would be rather fun, he thought, to see a table dancing. But there was not wholly
wanting that inexplicable tendency of some natures deliberately to deceive themselves on what lies nearest to
their hearts.
Mr. Vincent had not yet arrived when he was shown upstairs, even though Laurie himself was late. (This was
partly deliberate. He thought it best to show a little nonchalance.) There was only a young clergyman in the
room with the ladies; and the two were introduced.
"Mr. BaxterMr. Jamieson."
He seemed a harmless young man, thought Laurie, and plainly a little nervous at the situation in which he
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 28
Page No 31
found himself, as might a greyhound carry himself in a kennel of wellbred foxhounds. He was very
correctly dressed, with Roman collar and stock, and obviously had not long left a theological college. He had
an engaging kind of courtesy, ecclesiastically cut features, and curly black hair. He sat balancing a delicate
cup adroitly on his knee.
"Mr. Jamieson is so anxious to know all that is going on," explained Lady Laura, with a voluble frankness.
"He thinks it so necessary to be abreast of the times, as he said to me the other day."
Laurie assented, grimly pitying the young man for his indiscreet confidences. The clergyman looked priggish
in his efforts not to do so.
"He has a class of young men on Sundays," continued the hostess"(Another biscuit, Maud
darling?)whom he tries to interest in all modern movements. He thinks it so important."
Mr. Jamieson cleared his throat in a virile manner.
"Just so," he said; "exactly so."
"And so I told him he must really come and meet Mr. Vincent. . . . I can't think why he is so late; but he has
so many calls upon his time, that I am sure I wonder"
"Mr. Vincent," announced the footman.
A rather fine figure of a man came forward into the room, dressed in much better taste than Laurie somehow
had expected, and not at all like the type of an insane dissenting minister in broadcloth which he had feared.
Instead, it was a big man that he saw, stooping a little, inclined to stoutness, with a full curly beard tinged
with grey, rather overhung brows, and a high forehead, from which the same kind of curly greyish hair was
beginning to retreat. He was in a wellcut frockcoat and dark trousers, with the collar of the period and a
dark tie.
Lady Laura was in a flutter of welcome, pouring out little sentences, leading him to a seat, introducing him,
and finally pressing refreshments into his hands.
"It is too good of you," she said; "too good of you, with all your engagements. . . . These gentlemen are most
anxious. . . . Mrs. Stapleton of course you know. . . . And you will just sit and talk to us . . . like friends . . .
won't you. . . . No, no! no formal speech at all . . . just a few words . . . and you will allow us to ask you
questions. . . ."
And so on.
Meanwhile Laurie observed the highpriest carefully and narrowly, and was quite unable to see any of the
unpleasant qualities he had expected. He sat easily, without self consciousness or arrogance or unpleasant
humility. He had a pair of pleasant, shrewd, and rather kind eyes; and his voice, when he said a word or two
in answer to Lady Laura's volubility, was of that resonant softness that is always a delight to hear. In fact, his
whole bearing and personality was that of a rather exceptional average mana publisher, it might be, or a
retired lawyera family man with a sober round of life and ordinary duties, who brought to their fulfilment a
wholesome, kindly, but distinctly strong character of his own. Laurie hardly knew whether he was pleased or
disappointed. He would almost have preferred a wild creature with rolling eyes, in a cloak; yet he would have
been secretly amused and contemptuous at such a man.
"The sitting is off for Sunday, by the way, Lady Laura," said the newcomer.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 29
Page No 32
"Indeed! How is that?"
"Oh! there was some mistake about the rooms; it's the secretary's fault; you mustn't blame me."
Lady Laura cried out her dismay and disappointment, and Mrs. Stapleton played chorus. It was too tiresome,
they said, too provoking, particularly just now, when "Annie" was so complacent. (Mrs. Stapleton explained
kindly to the two young gentlemen that "Annie" was a spirit who had lately made various very interesting
revelations.) What was to be done? Were there no other rooms?
Mr. Vincent shook his head. It was too late, he said, to make arrangements now.
While the ladies continued to buzz, and Mr. Jamieson to listen from the extreme edge of his chair, Laurie
continued to make mental comments. He felt distinctly puzzled by the marked difference between the prophet
and his disciples. These were so shallow; this so impressive by the most ordinary of all methods, and the
most difficult of imitation, that is, by sheer human personality. He could not grasp the least common multiple
of the two sides. Yet this man tolerated these women, and, indeed, seemed very kind and friendly towards
them. He seemed to possess that sort of competence which rises from the fact of having wellarranged ideas
and complete certitude about them.
And at last a pause came. Mr. Vincent set down his cup for the second time, refused buttered bun, and waited.
"Yes, do smoke, Mr. Vincent."
The man drew out his cigarettecase, smiling, offering it to the two men. Laurie took one; the clergyman
refused.
"And now, Mr. Vincent."
Again he smiled, in a halfembarrassed way.
"But no speeches, I think you said," he remarked.
"Oh! well, you know what I mean; just like friends, you know. Treat us all like that."
Mrs. Stapleton rose, came nearer the circle, rustled down again, and sank into an elaborate silence.
"Well, what is it these gentlemen wish to hear?"
"Everythingeverything," cried Lady Laura. "They claim to know nothing at all."
Laurie thought it time to explain himself a little. He felt he would not like to take this man at an unfair
advantage.
"I should just like to say this," he said. "I have told Mrs. Stapleton already. It is this. I must confess that so far
as I am concerned I am not a believer. But neither am I a sceptic. I am just a real agnostic in this matter. I
have read several books; and I have been impressed. But there's a great deal in them that seems to me
nonsense; perhaps I had better say which I don't understand. This materialising business, for instance. . . . I
can understand that the minds of the dead can affect ours; but I don't see how they can affect matterin
tablerapping, for instance, and still more in appearing, and our being able to touch and see them. . . . I think
that's my position," he ended rather lamely.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 30
Page No 33
The fact was that he was a little disconcerted by the other's eyes. They were, as I have said, kind and shrewd
eyes, but they had a good deal of power as well. Mr. Vincent sat motionless during this little speech, just
looking at him, not at all offensively, yet with the effect of making the young man feel rather like a defiant
and naughty little boy who is trying to explain.
Laurie sat back and drew on his cigarette rather hard.
"I understand perfectly," said the steady voice. "You are in a very reasonable position. I wish all were as
openminded. May I say a word or two?"
"Please."
"Well, it is materialisation that puzzles you, is it?"
"Exactly," said Laurie. "Our theologians tell usby the way, I am a Catholic." (The other bowed a little.)
"Our theologians, I believe, tell us that such a thing cannot be, except under peculiar circumstances, as in the
lives of the saints, and so on."
"Are you bound to believe all that your theologians say?" asked the other quietly.
"Well, it would be very rash indeed" began Laurie.
"Exactly, I see. But what if you approach it from the other side, and try to find out instead whether these
things actually do happen. I do not wish to be rude, Mr. Baxter; but you remember that your theologiansI
am not so foolish as to say the Church, for I know that that was not sobut your theologians, you know,
made a mistake about Galileo."
Laurie winced a little. Mr. Jamieson cleared his throat in gentle approval.
"Now I don't ask you to accept anything contrary to your faith," went on the other gently; "but if you really
wish to look into this matter, you must set aside for the present all other presuppositions. You must not begin
by assuming that the theologians are always right, nor even in asking how or why these things should happen.
The one point is, Do they happen?"
His last words had a curious little effect as of a sudden flame. He had spoken smoothly and quietly; then he
had suddenly put an unexpected emphasis into the little sentence at the end. Laurie jumped, internally. Yes,
that was the point, he assented internally.
"Now," went on the other, again in that slow, reassuring voice, flicking off the ash of his cigarette, "is it
possible for you to doubt that these things happen? May I ask you what books you have read?"
Laurie named three or four.
"And they have not convinced you?"
"Not altogether."
"Yet you accept human evidence for a great many much more remarkable things than theseas a Catholic."
"That is Divine Revelation," said Laurie, sure of his ground.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 31
Page No 34
"Pardon me," said the other. "I do not in the least say it is not Divine Revelationthat is another
questionbut you receive the statement that it is so, on the word of man. Is that not true?"
Laurie was silent. He did not quite know what to say; and he almost feared the next words. But he was
astonished that the other did not press home the point.
"Think over that, Mr. Baxter. That is all I ask. And now for the real thing. You sincerely wish to be
convinced?"
"I am ready to be convinced."
The medium paused an instant, looking intently at the fire. Then he tossed the stump of his cigarette away
and lighted another. The two ladies sat motionless.
"You seem fond of a priori arguments, Mr. Baxter," he began, with a kindly smile. "Let us have one or two,
then.
"Consider first the relation of your soul to your body. That is infinitely mysterious, is it not? An emotion rises
in your soul, and a flush of blood marks it. That is the subconscious mechanism of your body. But to say that,
does not explain it. It is only a label. You follow me? Yes? Or still more mysterious is your conscious power.
You will to raise your hand, and it obeys. Muscular action? Oh yes; but that is but another label." He turned
his eyes, suddenly sombre, upon the staring, listening young man, and his voice rose a little. "Go right behind
all that, Mr. Baxter, down to the mysteries. What is that link between soul and body? You do not know! Nor
does the wisest scientist in the world. Nor ever will. Yet there the link is!"
Again he paused.
Laurie was aware of a rising halfexcited interest far beyond the power of the words he heard. Yet the
manner of these too was striking. It was not the sham mysticism he had expected. There was a certain
reverence in them, an admitting of mysteries, that seemed hard to reconcile with the ideas he had formed of
the dogmatism of these folk.
"Now begin again," continued the quiet, virile voice. "You believe, as a Christian, in the immortality of the
soul, in the survival of personality after death. Thank God for that! All do not, in these days, Then I need not
labour at that.
"Now, Mr. Baxter, imagine to yourself some soul that you have loved passionately, who has crossed over to
the other side." Laurie drew a long, noiseless breath, steadying himself with clenched hands. "She has come
to the unimaginable glories, according to her measure; she is at an end of doubts and fears and suspicions.
She knows because she sees. . . . But do you think that she is absorbed in these things? You know nothing of
human love, Mr. Baxter" (the voice trembled with genuine emotion) . . . "if you can think that! . . . If you can
think that her thought turns only to herself and her joys. Why, her life has been lived in your love by our
hypothesisyou were at her bedside when she died, perhaps; and she clung to you as to God Himself, when
the shadow deepened. Do you think that her first thought, or at least her second, will not be of you? . . . In all
that she sees, she will desire you to see it also. She will strive, crave, hunger for younot that she may
possess you, but that you may be one with her in her own possession; she will send out vibration after
vibration of sympathy and longing; and you, on this side, will be tuned to her as none other can be you, on
this side, will be empty for her love, for the sight and sound of her. . . . Is death then so strong?stronger
than love? Can a Christian believe that?"
The change in the man was extraordinary. His heavy beard and brows hid half his face, but his whole being
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 32
Page No 35
glowed passionately in his voice, even in his little trembling gestures, and Laurie sat astonished. Every word
uttered seemed to fit his own case, to express by an almost perfect vehicle the vague thoughts that had
struggled in his own heart during this last week. It was Amy of whom the man spoke, Amy with her eyes and
hair, peering from the glorious gloom to catch some glimpse of her lover in his meaningless light of earthly
day.
Mr. Vincent cleared his throat a little, and at the sound the two motionless women stirred and rustled a little.
The sound of a hansom, the spanking trot and wintry jingle of bells swelled out of the distance, passed, and
went into silence before he spoke again. Then it was in his usual slow voice that he continued.
"Conceive such a soul as that, Mr. Baxter. She desires to communicate with one she loves on earth, with you
or me, and it is a human and innocent desire. Yet she has lost that connection, that machinery of which we
have spokenthat connection of which we know nothing, between matter and spirit, except that it exists.
What is she to do? Well, at least she will do this, she will bend every power that she possesses upon that
mediumI mean matterthrough which alone the communication can be made; as a man on an island,
beyond the power of a human voice, will use any instrument, however grotesque, to signal to a passing ship.
Would any decent man, Mr. Baxter, mock at the pathos and effort of that, even if it were some grotesque
thing, like a flannel shirt on the end of an oar? Yet men mock at the tapping of a table! . . .
"Well, then, this longing soul uses every means at her disposal, concentrates every power she possesses. Is it
so very unreasonable, so very unchristian, so very dishonouring to the love of God, to think that she
sometimes succeeds? . . . that she is able, under comparatively exceptional circumstances, to reestablish that
connection with material things, that was perfectly normal and natural to her during her earthly life. . . . Tell
me, Mr. Baxter."
Laurie shifted a little in his chair.
"I cannot say that it is," he said, in a voice that seemed strange in his own ears. The medium smiled a little.
"So much for a priori reasoning," he said. "There remains only the fact whether such things do happen or not.
There I must leave you to yourself, Mr. Baxter."
Laurie sat forward suddenly.
"But that is exactly where I need your help, sir," he said.
A murmur broke from the ladies' lips simultaneously, resembling applause. Mr. Jamieson sat back and
swallowed perceptibly in his throat.
"You have said so much, sir," went on Laurie deliberately, "that you have, so to speak, put yourself in my
debt. I must ask you to take me further."
Mr. Vincent smiled full at him.
"You must take your place with others," he said. "These ladies"
"Mr. Vincent, Mr. Vincent," cried Lady Laura. "He is quite right, you must help him. You must help us all."
"Well, Sunday week," he began deprecatingly.
Mrs. Stapleton broke in.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 33
Page No 36
"No, no; now, Mr. Vincent, now. Do something now. Surely the circumstances are favourable."
"I must be gone again at sixthirty," said the man hesitatingly.
Laurie broke in. He felt desperate.
"If you can show me anything of this, sir, you can surely show it now. If you do not show it now"
"Well, Mr. Baxter?" put in the voice, sharp and incisive, as if expecting an insult and challenging it.
Laurie broke down.
"I can only say," he cried, "that I beg and entreat of you to do what you cannow and here."
There was a silence.
"And you, Mr. Jamieson?"
The young clergyman started, as if from a daze. Then he rose abruptly.
"II must be going, Lady Laura," he said. "I had no idea it was so late. II have a confirmation class."
An instant later he was gone.
"That is as well," observed the medium. "And you are sure, Mr. Baxter, that you wish me to try? You must
remember that I promise nothing."
"I wish you to try."
"And if nothing happens?"
"If nothing happens, I will promise toto continue my search. I shall know then thatthat it is at least
sincere."
Mr. Vincent rose to his feet.
"A little table just here, Lady Laura, if you please, and a pencil and paper. . . . Will you kindly take your
seats? . . . Yes, Mr. Baxter, draw up your chair . . . here. Now, please, we must have complete silence, and, so
far as possible, silence of thought."
II
The table, a small, round rosewood one, stood, bare of any cloth, upon the hearthrug. The two ladies sat,
motionless statues once more, upon the side furthest from the fire, with their hands resting lightly upon the
surface. Laurie sat on one side and the medium on the other. Mr. Vincent had received his paper and pencil
almost immediately, and now sat resting his right hand with the pencil upon the paper as if to write, his left
hand upon his knee as he sat, turned away slightly from the centre.
Laurie looked at him closely. . . .
And now he began to be aware of a certain quite indefinable change in the face at which he looked. The eyes
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 34
Page No 37
were openno, it was not in them that the change lay, nor in the lines about the mouth, so far as he could see
them, nor in any detail, anywhere. Neither was it the face of a dreamer or a sleepwalker, or of the dead, when
the lines disappear and life retires. It was a living, conscious face, yet it was changed. The lips were slightly
parted, and the breath came evenly between them. It was more like the face of one lost in deep, absorbed,
introspective thought. Laurie decided that this was the explanation.
He looked at the hand on the paperwell shaped, brownish, capableperfectly motionless, the pencil held
lightly between the finger and thumb.
Then he glanced up at the two ladies.
They too were perfectly motionless, but there was no change in them. The eyes of both were downcast, fixed
steadily upon the paper. And as he looked he saw Lady Laura begin to lift her lids slowly as if to glance at
him. He looked himself upon the paper and the motionless fingers.
He was astonished at the speed with which the situation had developed. Five minutes ago he had been
listening to talk, and joining in it. The clergyman had been here; he himself had been sitting a yard further
back. Now they sat here as if they had sat for an hour. It seemed that the progress of events had stopped. . . .
Then he began to listen for the sounds of the world outside, for within here it seemed as if a silence of a very
strange quality had suddenly descended and enveloped them. It was as if a sectionthat place in which he
sathad been cut out of time and space. It was apart here, it was different altogether. . . .
He began to be intensely and minutely conscious of the world outsideso entirely conscious that he lost all
perception of that at which he stared; whether it was the paper, or the strong, motionless hand, or the
introspective face, he was afterwards unaware. But he heard all the quiet roar of the London evening, and was
able to distinguish even the note of each instrument that helped to make up that untiring, inconclusive
orchestra. Far away to the northwards sounded a great thoroughfare, the rolling of wheels, a myriad hoofs, the
pulse of motor vehicles, and the cries of street boys; upon all these his attention dwelt as they came up
through the outward windows into that dead silent, lamplit room of which he had lost consciousness. Again
a hansom came up the street, with the rap of hoofs, the swish of a whip, the wintry jingle of bells. . . .
He began gently to consider these things, to perceive, rather than to form, little inward pictures of what they
signified; he saw the lighted omnibus, the little swirl of faces round a news board.
Then he began to consider what had brought him here; it seemed that he saw himself, coming in his dark suit
across the park, turning into the thoroughfare and across it. He began to consider Amy; and it seemed to him
that in this intense and living silence he was conscious of her for the first time without sorrow since ten days
ago. He began to consider.
Something brought him back in an instant to the room and his perception of it, but he had not an idea what
this was, whether a movement or a sound. But on considering it afterwards he remembered that it was as that
sound is that wakes a man at the very instant of his falling asleep, a sharp momentary tick, as of a clock. Yet
he had not been in the least sleepy.
On the contrary, he perceived now with an extreme and alert attention the hand on the paper; he even turned
his head slightly to see if the pencil had moved. It was as motionless as at the beginning. He glanced up, with
a touch of surprise, at his hostess's face, and caught her in the very act of turning her eyes from his. There
was no impatience in her movement: rather her face was of one absorbed, listening intently, not like the
bearded face opposite, introspective and intuitive, but eagerly, though motionlessly, observant of the
objective world. He looked at Mrs. Stapleton. She too bore the same expression of intent regarding thought
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 35
Page No 38
on her usually rather tiresome face.
Then once again the silence began to come down, like a long, noiseless hush.
This time, however, his progress was swifter and more sure. He passed with the speed of thought through
those processes that had been measurable before, faintly conscious of the words spoken before the sitting
began
". . . If possible, the silence of thought."
He thought he understood now what this signified, and that he was experiencing it. No longer did he dwell
upon, or consider, with any voluntary activity, the images that passed before him. Rather they moved past
him while he simply regarded them without understanding. His perception ran swiftly outwards, as through
concentric circles, yet he was not sure whether it were outwards or inwards that he went. The roar of London,
with its flight of ocular visions, sank behind him, and without any further sense of mental travel, he found
himself perceiving his own home, whether in memory, imagination, or fact he did not know. But he perceived
his mother, in the familiar lamplit room, over her needlework, and MaggieMaggie looking at him with a
strange, almost terrified expression in her great eyes. Then these too were gone; and he was out in some
warm silence, filled with a single presencethat which he desired; and there he stopped.
He was not in the least aware of how long this lasted. But he found himself at a certain moment in time,
looking steadily at the white paper on the table, from which the hand had gone, again conscious of the sudden
passing of some clear sound that left no echoas sharp as the crack of a whip. Oh! the paper that was the
important point! He bent a little closer, and was aware of a sharp disappointment as he saw it was stainless of
writing. Then he was astonished that the hand and pencil had gone from it, and looked up quickly.
Mr. Vincent was looking at him with a strange expression.
At first he thought he might have interrupted, and wondered with dismay whether this were so. But there was
no sign of anger in those eyesnothing but a curious and kindly interest.
"Nothing happened?" he exclaimed hastily. "You have written nothing?"
He looked at the ladies.
Lady Laura too was looking at him with the same strange interest as the medium. Mrs. Stapleton, he noticed,
was just folding up, in an unobtrusive manner, several sheets of paper that he had not noticed before.
He felt a little stiff, and moved as if to stand up but, to his astonishment, the big man was up in an instant,
laying his hands on his shoulders.
"Just sit still quietly for a few minutes," said the kindly voice. "Just sit still."
"Whywhy" began Laurie, bewildered.
"Yes, just sit still quietly," went on the voice; "you feel a little tired."
"Just a little," said Laurie. "But"
"Yes, yes; just sit still. No; don't speak."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 36
Page No 39
Then a silence fell again.
Laurie began to wonder what this was all about. Certainly he felt tired, yet strangely elated, But he felt no
inclination to move; and sat back, passive, looking at his own hands on his knees. But he was disappointed
that nothing had happened.
Then the thought of time came into his mind. He supposed that it would be about ten minutes past six. The
sitting had begun a little before six. He glanced up at the clock on the mantelpiece; but it was one of those
bulgyfaced Empire gilt affairs that display everything except the hour. He still waited a moment, feeling all
this to be very unusual and unconventional. Why should he sit here like an invalid, and why should these
three sit here and watch him so closely?
He shifted a little in his chair, feeling that an effort was due from him. The question of the time of day struck
him as a suitably conventional remark with which to break the embarrassing silence.
"What is the time?" he said. "I am afraid I ought to be"
"There is plenty of time," said the grave voice across the table.
With a sudden movement Laurie was on his feet, peering at the clock, knowing that something was wrong
somewhere. Then he turned to the company bewildered and suspicious.
"Why, it is nearly eight," he cried.
Mr. Vincent smiled reassuringly.
"It is about that," he said. "Please sit down again, Mr. Baxter."
"Butbut" began Laurie.
"Please sit down again, Mr. Baxter," repeated the voice, with a touch of imperiousness that there was no
resisting.
Laurie sat down again; but he was alert, suspicious, and intensely puzzled.
"Will you kindly tell me what has happened?" he asked sharply.
"You feel tired?"
"No; I am all right. Kindly tell me what has happened."
He saw Lady Laura whisper something in an undertone he could not hear. Mr. Vincent stood up with a nod
and leaned himself against the mantelpiece, looking down at the rather indignant young man.
"Certainly," he said. "You are sure you are not exhausted, Mr. Baxter?"
"Not in the least," said Laurie.
"Well, then, you passed into trance about five minutes"
"What?"
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 37
Page No 40
"You passed into trance about five minutes past six; you came out of it five minutes ago."
"Trance?" gasped Laurie.
"Certainly. A very deep and satisfactory trance. There is nothing to be frightened of, Mr. Baxter. It is an
unusual gift, that is all. I have seldom seen a more satisfactory instance. May I ask you a question or two,
sir?"
Laurie nodded vaguely. He was still trying hopelessly to take in what had been said.
"You nearly passed into trance a little earlier. May I ask whether you heard or saw anything that recalled
you?"
Laurie shut his eyes tight in an effort to think. He felt dimly rather proud of himself.
"It was quite short. Then you came back and looked at Lady Laura. Try to remember."
"I remember thinking I had heard a sound."
The medium nodded.
"Just so," he said.
"That would be the third," said Lady Laura, nodding sagely.
"Third what?" said Laurie rather rudely.
No one paid any attention to him.
"Now can you give any account of the last hour and a half?" continued the medium tranquilly.
Laurie considered again. He was still a little confused.
"I remember thinking about the streets," he said, "and then of my own home, and then . . ." He stopped.
"Yes; and then?"
"Then of a certain private matter."
"Ah! We must not pry then. But can you answer one question more? Was it connected with any person who
has crossed over?"
"It was," said Laurie shortly.
"Just so," said the medium.
Laurie felt suspicious.
"Why do you ask that?" he said.
Mr. Vincent looked at him steadily.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 38
Page No 41
"I think I had better tell you, Mr. Baxter; it is more straightforward, though you will not like it. You will be
surprised to hear that you talked very considerably during this hour and a half; and from all that you said I
should suppose you were controlled by a spirit recently crossed overa young girl who on being questioned
gave the name of Amy Nugent"
Laurie sprang to his feet, furious.
"You have been spying, sir. How dare you"
"Sit down, Mr. Baxter, or you shall not hear a word more," rang out the imperious, unruffled voice. "Sit down
this instant."
Laurie shot a look at the two ladies. Then he remembered himself. He sat down.
"I am not at all angry, Mr. Baxter," came the voice, suave and kindly again. "Your thought was very natural.
But I think I can prove to you that you are mistaken."
Mr. Vincent glanced at Mrs. Stapleton with an almost imperceptible frown, then back at Laurie.
"Let me see, Mr. Baxter. . . . Is there anyone on earth besides yourself who knew that you had sat out, about
ten days ago or so, under some yew trees in your garden at home, and thought of this young girlthat
you"
Laurie looked at him in dumb dismay; some little sound broke from his mouth.
"Well, is that enough, Mr. Baxter?"
Lady Laura slid in a sentence here.
"Dear Mr. Baxter, you need not be in the least alarmed. All that has passed here is, of course, as sacred as in
the confessional. We should not dream, without your leave"
"One moment," gasped the boy.
He drove his face into his hands and sat overwhelmed.
Presently he looked up.
"But I knew it," he said. "I knew it. It was just my own self which spoke."
The medium smiled.
"Yes," he said, "of course that is the first answer." He placed one hand on the table, leaning forward, and
began to play his fingers as if on a piano. Laurie watched the movement, which seemed vaguely familiar.
"Can you account for that, Mr. Baxter? You did that several times. It seemed uncharacteristic of you,
somehow."
Laurie looked at him, mute. He remembered now. He half raised a hand in protest.
"And . . . and do you ever stammer?" went on the man.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 39
Page No 42
Still Laurie was silent. It was beyond belief or imagination.
"Now if those things were characteristic"
"Stop, sir," cried the boy; and then, "But those too might be unconscious imitation."
"They might," said the other. "But then we had the advantage of watching you. And there were other things."
"I beg your pardon?"
"There was the loud continuous rapping, at the beginning and the end. You were awakened twice by these."
Laurie remained perfectly motionless without a word. He was still striving to marshal this flood of mad ideas.
It was incredible, amazing.
Then he stood up.
"I must go away," he said. "II don't know what to think."
"You had better stay a little longer and rest," said the medium kindly.
The boy shook his head.
"I must go at once," he said. "I cannot trust myself."
He went out without a word, followed by the medium. The two ladies sat eyeing one another.
"It has been astonishing . . . astonishing," sighed Mrs. Stapleton. "What a find!"
There was no more said. Lady Laura sat as one in trance herself.
Then Mr. Vincent returned.
"You must not lose sight of that young man," he said abruptly. "It is an extraordinary case."
"I have all the notes here," remarked Mrs. Stapleton.
"Yes; you had better keep them. He must not see them at
CHAPTER V
I
AS the weeks went by Maggie's faint uneasiness disappeared. She was one of those fortunate persons who,
possessing what are known as nerves, are aware of the possession, and discount their effects accordingly.
That uneasiness had culminated a few days after Laurie's departure one evening as she sat with the old lady
after teain a sudden touch of terror at she knew not what.
"What is the matter, my dear?" the old lady had said without warning.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 40
Page No 43
Maggie was reading, but it appeared that Mrs. Baxter had noticed her lower her book suddenly, with an odd
expression.
Maggie had blinked a moment.
"Nothing," she said. "I was just thinking of Laurie; I don't know why."
But since then she had been able to reassure herself. Her fancies were but fancies, she told herself; and they
had ceased to trouble her. The boy's letters to his mother were ordinary and natural: he was reading fairly
hard; his coach was as pleasant a person as he had seemed; he hoped to run down to Stantons for a few days
at Christmas. There was nothing whatever to alarm anyone; plainly his ridiculous attitude about Spiritualism
had been laid by; and, better still, he was beginning to recover himself after his sorrow in September.
It was an extraordinarily peaceful and uneventful life that the two led togetherthe kind of life that
strengthens previous proclivities and adds no new ones; that brings out the framework of character and
motive as dropping water clears the buried roots of a tree. This was all very well for Mrs. Baxter, whose
character was already fully formed, it may be hoped; but not so utterly satisfactory for the girl, though the
process was pleasant enough.
After Mass and breakfast she spent the morning as she wished, overseeing little extra details of the
housegardening plans, the poultry, and so forthand reading what she cared to. The afternoon was
devoted to the old lady's airing; the evening till dinner to anything she wished; and after dinner again to
gentle conversation. Very little happened. The Vicar and his wife dined there occasionally, and still more
occasionally Father Mahon. Now and then there were vague entertainments to be patronised in the village
schoolroom, in an atmosphere of ink and hairoil. and a mild amount of rather dreary and stately gaiety
connected with the big houses round. Mrs. Baxter occasionally put in appearances, a dignified and
aristocratic old figure with her gentle eyes and black lace veil; and Maggie went with her.
The pleasure of this life grew steadily upon Maggie. She was one of that fraction of the world that finds
entertainment to lie, like the kingdom of God, within. She did not in the least wish to be "amused" or
stimulated and distracted. She was perfectly and serenely content with the fowls, the garden, her small
selected tasks, her religion, and herself.
The result was, as it always is in such cases, she began to revolve about three or four main lines of thought,
and to make a very fair progress in the knowledge of herself. She knew her faults quite well; and she was not
unaware of her virtues. She knew perfectly that she was apt to give way to internal irritation, of a strong
though invisible kind, when interruptions happened; that she now and then gave way to an unduly fierce
contempt of tiresome people, and said little bitter things that she afterwards regretted. She also knew that she
was quite courageous, that she had magnificent physical health, and that she could be perfectly content with a
life that a good many other people would find narrow and stifling.
Her own character then was one thing that she had studied not in the least in a morbid wayduring her
life at Stantons. And another thing she was beginning to study, rather to her own surprise, was the character
of Laurie. She began to become a little astonished at the frequency with which, during a silent drive, or some
mild mechanical labour in the gardens, the image of that young man would rise before her.
Indeed, as has been said, she had new material to work on. She had not realised till the affaire Amy that boy's
astonishing selfishness; and it became for her a rather pleasant psychological exercise to build up his
characteristics into a consistent whole. It had not struck her, till this specimen came before her notice, how
generosity and egotism, for example, so far from being mutually exclusive, can very easily be complements,
each of the other.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 41
Page No 44
So then she passed her daysexteriorly a capable and occupied person, interested in half a dozen simple
things; interiorly rather introspective, rather scrupulous, and intensely interested in the watching of two
charactersher own and her adopted brother's. Mrs. Baxter's character needed no dissection; it was a
consistent whole, clear as crystal and as rigid.
It was still some five weeks before Christmas that Maggie became aware of what, as a British maiden, she
ought, of course, to have known long beforenamely, that she was thinking just a little too much about a
young man who, so far as was apparent, thought nothing at all about her. It was true that once he had passed
through a period of sentimentality in her regard; but the extreme discouragement it had met with had been
enough.
Her discovery happened in this way.
Mrs. Baxter opened a letter one morning, smiling contentedly to herself.
"From Laurie," she said. Maggie ceased eating toast for a second, to listen.
Then the old lady uttered a small cry of dismay.
"He thinks he can't come, after all," she said.
Maggie had a moment of very acute annoyance.
"What does he say? Why not?" she asked.
There was a pause. She watched Mrs. Baxter's lips moving slowly, her glasses in place; saw the page turned,
and turned again. She took another piece of toast. There are few things more irritating than to have fragments
of a letter doled out piecemeal.
"He doesn't say. He just says he's very busy indeed, and has a great deal of way to make up." The old lady
continued reading tranquilly, and laid the letter down.
"Nothing more?" asked Maggie, consumed with annoyance.
"He's been to the theatre once or twice. . . . Dear Laurie! I'm glad he's recovering his spirits."
Maggie was very angry indeed. She thought it abominable of the boy to treat his mother like that. And then
there was the shootingnot much, indeed, beyond the rabbits, which the man who acted as occasional
keeper told her wanted thinning, and a dozen or two of wild pheasantsyet this shooting had always been
done, she understood, at Christmas, ever since Master Laurie had been old enough to hold a gun.
She determined to write him a letter.
When breakfast was over, with a resolved face she went to her room. She would really tell this boy a
hometruth or two. It was aa sister's place to do so. The mother, she knew well enough, would do no more
than send a little wail, and would end by telling the dear boy that, of course, he knew best, and that she was
very happy to think that he was taking such pains about his studies. Someone must point out to the boy his
overwhelming selfishness, and it seemed that no one was at hand but herself. Therefore she would do it.
She did it, therefore, politely enough but unmistakably; and as it was a fine morning, she thought that she
would like to step up to the village and post it. She did not want to relent; and once the letter was in the
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 42
Page No 45
postbox, the thing would be done.
It was, indeed, a delicious morning. As she passed out through the iron gate the trees overhead, still with a
few brown belated leaves, soared up in filigree of exquisite workmanship into a sky of clear November blue,
as fresh as a hedgesparrow's egg. The genial sound of cockcrowing rose, silver and exultant, from the farm
beyond the road, and the tiny street of the hamlet looked as clean as a Dutch picture.
She noticed on the right, just before she turned up to the village on the left, the grocer's shop, with the name
"Nugent" in capitals as bright and flamboyant as on the depot of a merchant king. Mr. Nugent could be
faintly descried within, in white shirtsleeves and an apron, busied at a pile of cheeses. Overhead, three pairs
of lace curtains, each decked with a blue bow, denoted the bedrooms. One of them must have been Amy's.
She wondered which. . . .
All up the road to the village, some halfmile in length, she pondered Amy. She had never seen her, to her
knowledge; but she had a tolerably accurate mental picture of her from Mrs. Baxter's account. . . . Ah! how
could Laurie? How could he? . . . Laurie, of all people! It was just one more example. . . .
After dropping her letter into the box at the corner, she hesitated for an instant. Then, with an odd look on her
face, she turned sharply aside to where the church tower pricked above the leafless trees.
It was a typical little country church, with that odour of the respectable and rather stuffy sanctity peculiar to
the class; she had wrinkled her nose at it more than once in Laurie's company. But she passed by the door of
it now, and, stepping among the wet grasses, came down the little slope among the headstones to where a
very white marble angel clasped an equally white marble cross. She passed to the front of this, and looked,
frowning a little over the intolerable taste of the thing.
The cross, she perceived, was wreathed with a spray of white marble ivory; the angel was a German female,
with a very rounded leg emerging behind a kind of button; and there, at the foot of the cross, was the
inscription, in startling black AMY NUGENT THE DEAR AND ONLY DAUGHTER OF AMOS AND
MARIA NUGENT OF STANTONS DIED SEPTEMBER 21ST 1901 RESPECTED BY ALL "I SHALL
SEE HER BUT NOT NOW."
Below, as vivid as the inscription, there stood out the maker's name, and of the town where he lived.
So she lay there, reflected Maggie. It had ended in that. A mound of earth, cracking a little, and sunken. She
lay there, her nervous fingers motionless and her stammer silent. And could there be a more eloquent
monument of what she was? . . . Then she remembered herself, and signed herself with the cross, while her
lips moved an instant for the repose of the poor girlish soul. Then she stepped up again on to the path to go
home.
It was as she came near the church gate that she understood herself, that she perceived why she had come,
and was conscious for the first time of her real attitude of soul as she had stood there, reading the inscription,
and, in a flash, there followed the knowledge of the inevitable meaning of it all.
In a word it was this.
She had come there, she told herself, to triumph, to gloat. Oh! she spared herself nothing, as she stood there,
crimson with shame, to gloat over the grave of a rival. Amy was nothing less than that, and she herselfshe,
Margaret Marie Deronnais had given way to jealousy of this grocer's daughter, because . . . because . . .
she had begun to care, really to care, for the man to whom she had written that letter this morning, and this
man had scarcely said one word to her, or given her one glance, beyond such as a brother might give to a
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 43
Page No 46
sister. There was the naked truth.
Her mind fled back. She understood a hundred things now. She perceived that that sudden anger at breakfast
had been personal disappointmentnot at all that lofty disinterestedness on behalf of the mother that she had
pretended. She understood too, now, the meaning of those long contented meditations as she went up and
down the garden walks, alert for plantains, the meaning of the zeal she had shown, only a week ago, on
behalf of a certain hazel which the gardener wanted to cut down.
"You had better wait till Mr. Laurence comes home," she had said. "I think he once said he liked the tree to
be just there."
She understood now why she had been so intuitive, so condemnatory, so critical of the boyit was that she
was passionately interested in him, that it was a pleasure even to abuse him to herself, to call him selfish and
selfcentred, that all this lofty disapproval was just the sop that her subconsciousness had used to quiet her
uneasiness.
Little scenes rose before herall passed almost in a flash of timeas she stood with her hand on the
medievallooking latch of the gate, and she saw herself in them all as a proud, unmaidenly, pharisaical prig,
in love with a man who was not in love with her.
She made an effort, unlatched the gate, and moved on, a beautiful, composed figure, with great steady eyes
and wellcut profile, a model of dignity and grace, interiorly a raging, self contemptuous, abject wretch.
It must be remembered that she was conventbred.
II
By the time that Laurie's answer came, poor Maggie had arranged her emotions fairly satisfactorily. She came
to the conclusion, arrived at after much heartsearching, that after all she was not yet actually in love with
Laurie, but was in danger of being so, and that therefore now that she knew the danger, and could guard
against it, she need not actually withdraw from her home, and bury herself in a convent or the foreign
missionfield.
She arrived at this astonishing conclusion by the following process of thought. It may be presented in the
form of a syllogism.
All girls who are in love regard the beloved as a spotless, reproachless hero.
Maggie Deronnais did not regard Laurie Baxter as a spotless, reproachless hero.
Ergo. Maggie Deronnais was not in love with Laurie Baxter.
Strange as it may appear to nonCatholic readers, Maggie did not confide her complications to the ear of
Father Mahon. She mentioned, no doubt, on the following Saturday, that she had given way to thoughts of
pride and jealousy, that she had deceived herself with regard to a certain action, done really for selfish
motives, into thinking she had done it for altruistic motives, and there she left it. And, no doubt, Father
Mahon left it there too, and gave her absolution without hesitation.
Then Laurie's answer arrived, and had to be dealt with, that is, it had to be treated interiorly with a proper
restraint of emotions.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 44
Page No 47
"My dear Maggie," he wrote;
"Why all this fury? What have I done? I said to mother that I didn't know for certain whether I could come or
not, as I had a lot to do. I don't think she can have given you the letter to read, or you wouldn't have written
all that about my being away from home at the one season of the year, etc. Of course I'll come, if you or
anybody feels like that. Does mother feel upset too? Please tell me if she ever feels that, or is in the least
unwell, or anything. I'll come instantly. As it is, shall we say the 20th of December, and I'll stay at least a
week. Will that do? "Yours,
"L. B."
This was a little overwhelming, and Maggie wrote off a penitent letter, refraining carefully, however, from
any expressions that might have anything of the least warmth, but saying that she was very glad he was
coming, and that the shooting should be seen to.
She directed the letter; and then sat for an instant looking at Laurie'sat the neat Oxfordlooking hand, the
artistic appearance of the paragraphs, and all the rest of it.
She would have liked to keep itto put it with half a dozen others she had from him; but it seemed better
not.
Then as she tore it up into careful strips, her conscience smote her again, shrewdly; and she drew out the top
lefthand drawer of the table at which she sat.
There they were, a little pile of them, neat and orderly. She looked at them an instant; then she took them out,
turned them quickly to see if all were there, and then, gathering up the strips of the one she had received that
morning, went over to the wood fire and dropped them in.
It was better so, she said to herself.
The days went pleasantly enough after that. She would not for an instant allow to herself that any of their
smoothness arose from the fact that this boy would be here again in a few weeks. On the contrary, it was
because she had detected a weakness in his regard, she told herself, and had resolutely stamped on it, that she
was in so serene a peace. She arranged about the shootingthat is to say, she informed the acting keeper that
Master Laurie would be home for Christmas as usual all in an unemotional manner, and went about her
various affairs without effort.
She found Mrs. Baxter just a little trying now and then. That lady had come to the conclusion that Laurie was
unhappy in his religioncertainly references to it had dropped out of his lettersand that Mr. Rymer must
set it right.
"The Vicar must dine here at least twice while Laurie is here," she observed at breakfast one morning. "He
has a great influence with young men."
Maggie reflected upon a remark or two, extremely unjust, made by Laurie with regard to the clergyman.
"Do you thinkdo you think he understands Laurie," she said.
"He has known him for fifteen years," remarked Mrs. Baxter.
"Perhaps it's Laurie that doesn't understand him then," said Maggie tranquilly.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 45
Page No 48
"I daresay."
"Andand what do you think Mr. Rymer will be able to do?" asked the girl.
"Just settle the boy. . . . I don't think Laurie's very happy. Not that I would willingly disturb his mind again; I
don't mean that, my dear. I quite understand that your religion is just the one for certain temperaments, and
Laurie's is one of them; but a few helpful words sometimes" Mrs. Baxter left it at an aposiopesis, a form
of speech she was fond of.
There was a grain of truth, Maggie thought, in the old lady's hints, and she helped herself in silence to
marmalade. Laurie's letters, which she usually read, did not refer much to religion, or to the Brompton
Oratory, as his custom had been at first. She tried to make up her mind that this was a healthy sign; that it
showed that Laurie was settling down from that slight feverishness of zeal that seemed the inevitable
atmosphere of most converts. Maggie found converts a little trying now and then; they would talk so much
about facts, certainly undisputed, and for that very reason not to be talked about. Laurie had been a marked
case, she remembered; he wouldn't let the thing alone, and his contempt of Anglican clergy, whom Maggie
herself regarded with respect, was hard to understand. In fact she had remonstrated on the subject of the
Vicar. . . .
Maggie perceived that she was letting her thoughts run again on disputable lines; and she made a remark
about the Balkan crisis so abruptly that Mrs. Baxter looked at her in bewilderment.
"You do jump about so, my dear. We were speaking of Laurie, were we not?"
"Yes," said Maggie.
"It's the twentieth he's coming on, is it not?"
"Yes," said Maggie.
"I wonder what train he'll come by?"
"I don't know," said Maggie.
A few days before Laurie's arrival she went to the greenhouse to see the chrysanthemums. There was an
excellent show of them.
"Mrs. Baxter doesn't like them hairy ones," said the gardener.
"Oh! I had forgotten. Well, Ferris, on the nineteenth I shall want a big bunch of them. You'd better take
thosethose hairy ones. And some maidenhair. Is there plenty?"
"Yes, miss."
"Can you make a wreath, Ferris?"
"Yes, miss."
"Well, will you make a good wreath of them, please, for a grave? The morning of the twentieth will do.
There'll be plenty left for the church and house?"
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 46
Page No 49
"Oh yes, miss."
"And for Father Mahon?"
"Oh yes, miss."
"Very well, then. Will you remember that? A good wreath, with fern, on the morning of the twentieth. If
you'll just leave it here I'll call for it about twelve o'clock. You needn't send it up to the house."
"Very good, miss."
CHAPTER VI
I
LAURIE was sitting in his room after breakfast, filling his briar pipe thoughtfully, and contemplating his
journey to Stantons.
It was more than six weeks now since his experience in Queen's Gate, and he had gone through a variety of
emotions. Bewildered terror was the first, a nervous interest the next, a truculent scepticism the third; and
lately, to his astonishment, the nervous interest had begun to revive.
At first he had been filled with unreasoning fear. He had walked back as far as the gate of the park, hardly
knowing where he went, conscious only that he must be in the company of his fellows; upon finding himself
on the south side of Hyde Park Corner, where travellers were few, he had crossed over in nervous haste to
where he might jostle human beings. Then he had dined in a restaurant, knowing that a band would be
playing there, and had drunk a bottle of champagne; he had gone to his rooms, cheered and excited, and had
leapt instantly into bed for fear that his courage should evaporate. For he was perfectly aware that fear, and a
sickening kind of repulsion, formed a very large element in his emotions. For nearly two hours, unless three
persons had lied consummately, hehis essential being, that sleepless self that underlies allhad been in
strange company, had become identified in some horrible manner with the soul of a dead person. It was as if
he had been informed some morning that he had slept all night with a corpse under his bed. He woke half a
dozen times that night in the pleasant curtained bedroom, and each time with the terror upon him. What if
stories were true, and this Thing still haunted the air? It was remarkable, he considered afterwards, how the
sign which he had demanded had not had the effect for which he had hoped. He was not at all reassured by it.
Then as the days went by, and he was left in peace, his horror began to pass. He turned the thing over in his
mind a dozen times a day, and found it absorbing. But he began to reflect that, after all, he had nothing more
than he had had before in the way of evidence. An hypnotic sleep might explain the whole thing. That little
revelation he had made in his unconsciousness, of his sitting beneath the yews, might easily be accounted for
by the fact that he himself knew it, that it had been a deeper element in his experience than he had known,
and that he had told it aloud. It was no proof of anything more. There remained the rapping and what the
medium had called his "appearance" during the sleep; but of all this he had read before in books. Why should
he be convinced any more now than he had been previously? Besides, it was surely doubtful, was it not,
whether the rapping, if it had really taken place, might not be the normal cracks and sounds of woodwork,
intensified in the attention of the listeners? or if it was more than this, was there any proof that it might not be
produced in some way by the intense willpower of some living person present? This was surely
conceivablemore conceivable, that is, than any other hypothesis. . . . Besides, what had it all got to do with
Amy?
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 47
Page No 50
Within a week of his original experience, scepticism was dominant. These lines of thought did their work by
incessant repetition. The normal life he lived, the large, businesslike face of the lawyer whom he faced day
by day, a theatre or two, a couple of dinnerseven the noise of London streets and the appearance of
workaday personsall these gradually reassured him.
When therefore he received a nervous little note from Lady Laura, reminding him of the séance to be held in
Baker Street, and begging his attendance, he wrote a most proper letter back again, thanking her for her
kindness, but saying that he had come to the conclusion that this kind of thing was not good for him or his
work, and begging her to make his excuses to Mr. Vincent.
A week or two passed, and nothing whatever happened. Then he heard again from Lady Laura, and again he
answered by a polite refusal, adding a little more as to his own state of mind; and again silence fell.
Then at last Mr. Vincent called on him in person one evening after dinner.
Laurie's rooms were in Mitre Court, very convenient to the Templetwo rooms opening into one another,
and communicating with the staircase.
He had played a little on his grand piano, that occupied a third of his sittingroom, and had then dropped off
to sleep before his fire, He awakened suddenly to see the big man standing almost over him, and sat up
confusedly.
"I beg your pardon, Mr. Baxter; the porter's boy told me to come straight up. I found your outer door open."
Laurie hastened to welcome him, to set him down in a deep chair, to offer whisky and to supply tobacco.
There was something about this man that commanded deference.
"You know why I have come, I expect," said the medium, smiling.
Laurie smiled back, a little nervously.
"I have come to see whether you will not reconsider your decision."
The boy shook his head.
"I think not," he said.
"You found no ill effects, I hope, from what happened at Lady Laura's?"
"Not at all, after the first shock."
"Doesn't that reassure you at all, Mr. Baxter?"
Laurie hesitated.
"It's like this," he said; "I'm not really convinced. I don't see anything final in what happened."
"Will you explain, please?"
Laurie set the results of his meditations forth at length. There was nothing, he said, that could not be
accounted for by a very abnormal state of subjectivity. The fact that this . . . this young person's name was in
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 48
Page No 51
his mind . . . and so forth. . . .
". . . And I find it rather distracting to my work," he ended. "Please don't think me rude or ungrateful, Mr.
Vincent."
He thought he was being very strong and sensible.
The medium was silent for a moment.
"Doesn't it strike you as odd that I myself was able to get no results that night?" he said presently.
"How? I don't understand."
"Why, as a rule, I find no difficulty at all in getting some sort of response by automatic handwriting. Are you
aware that I could do nothing at all that night?"
Laurie considered it.
"Well," he said at last, "this may sound very foolish to you; but granting that I have got unusual gifts that
waythey are your own words, Mr. Vincentif that is so, I don't see why my own concentration of
thought, or hypnotic sleep or trance or whatever it wasmight not have been so intense as to"
"I quite see," interrupted the other. "That is, of course, conceivable from your point of view. It had occurred
to me that you might think that. . . . Then I take it that your theory is that the subconscious self is sufficient to
account for it all that in this hypnotic sleep, if you care to call it so, you simply uttered what was in your
heart, and identified yourself with . . . with your memory of that young girl."
"I suppose so," said Laurie shortly.
"And the rapping, loud, continuous, unmistakable?"
"That doesn't seem to me important. I did not actually hear it, you know."
"Then what you need is some unmistakable sign?"
"Yes . . . but I see perfectly that this is impossible. Whatever I said in my sleep, either I can't identify it as
true, in which case it is worthless as evidence, or I can identify it, because I already know it, and in that case
it is worthless again."
The medium smiled, half closing his eyes.
"You must think us very childish, Mr. Baxter," he said.
He sat up a little in his chair; then, putting his hand into his breast pocket, drew out a notebook, holding it
still closed on his knee.
"May I ask you a rather painful question?" he said gently.
Laurie nodded. He felt so secure.
"Would you kindly tell mefirst, whether you have seen the grave of this young girl since you left the
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 49
Page No 52
country; secondly, whether anyone happens to have mentioned it to you?"
Laurie swallowed in his throat.
"Certainly no one has mentioned it to me. And I have not seen it since I left the country."
"How long ago was that?"
"That was . . . about September the twentyseventh."
"Thank you! . . ." He opened the notebook and turned the pages a moment or two. "And will you listen to
this, Mr. Baxter?`Tell Laurie that the ground has sunk a little above my grave; and that cracks are showing
at the sides.'"
"What is that book?" said the boy hoarsely.
The medium closed it and returned it to his pocket.
"That book, Mr. Baxter, contains a few extracts from some of the things you said during your trance. The
sentence I have read is one of them, an answer given to a demand made by me that the control should give
some unmistakable proof of her identity. She . . . you hesitated some time before giving that answer."
"Who took the notes?"
"Mrs. Stapleton. You can see the originals if you wish. I thought it might distress you to know that such notes
had been taken; but I have had to risk that. We must not lose you, Mr. Baxter."
Laurie sat, dumb and bewildered.
"Now all you have to do," continued the medium serenely, "is to find out whether what has been said is
correct or not. If it is not correct, there will be an end of the matter, if you choose. But if it is correct"
"Stop; let me think!" cried Laurie.
He was back again in the confusion from which he thought he had escaped. Here was a definite test, offered
at least in good faithjust such a test as had been lacking before; and he had no doubt whatever that it would
be borne out by facts. And if it werewas there any conceivable hypothesis that would explain it except the
one offered so confidently by this grave, dignified man who sat and looked at him with something of
interested compassion in his heavy eyes? Coincidence? It was absurd. Certainly graves did sink,
sometimesbut . . . Thought transference from someone who noticed the grave? . . . But why that
particular thought, so vivid, concise, and pointed? . . .
If it were true? . . .
He looked hopelessly at the man, who sat smoking quietly and waiting.
And then again another thought, previously ignored, pierced him like a sword. If it were true; if Amy herself,
poor pretty Amy, had indeed been there, were indeed near him now, hammering and crying out like a child
shut out at night, against his own sceptical heart . . . if it were indeed true that during those two hours she had
had her heart's desire, and had been one with his very soul, in a manner to which no earthly union could
aspire . . . how had he treated her? Even at this thought a shudder of repulsion ran through him. . . . It was
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 50
Page No 53
unnatural, detestable . . . yet how sweet! . . . What did the Church say of such things? . . . But what if religion
were wrong, and this indeed were the satiety of the higher nature of which marriage was but the material
expression? . . .
The thoughts flew swifter than clouds as he sat there, bewildering, torturing, beckoning. He made a violent
effort. He must be sane, and face things.
"Mr. Vincent," he cried.
The kindly face turned to him again.
"Mr. Vincent . . ."
"Hush, I quite understand," said the fatherly voice. "It is a shock, I know; but Truth is a little shocking
sometimes. Wait. I perfectly understand that you must have time. You must think it all over, and verify this.
You must not commit yourself. But I think you had better have my address. The ladies are a little too
emotional, are they not? I expect you would sooner come to see me without them."
He laid his card on the little teatable and stood up.
"Goodnight, Mr. Baxter."
Laurie took his hand, and looked for a moment into the kind eyes. Then the man was gone.
II
That was a little while ago, now, and Laurie sitting over breakfast had had time to think it out, and by an act
of sustained will to suspend his judgment.
He had come back again to the state I have describedto nervous interestno more than that. The terror
seemed gone, and certainly the scepticism seemed gone too. Now he had to face Maggie and his mother, and
to see the grave. . . .
Somehow he had become more accustomed to the idea that there might be real and solid truth under it all, and
familiarity had bred ease. Yet there was nervousness there too at the thought of going home. There were
moods in which, sitting or walking alone, he passionately desired it all to be true; other moods in which he
was acquiescent; but in both there was a faint discomfort in the thought of meeting Maggie, and a certain
instinct of propitiation towards her. Maggie had begun to stand for him as a kind of embodiment of a view of
life which was sane, wholesome, and curiously attractive; there was a largeness about her, a strength, a sense
of fresh air that was delightful. It was that kind of thing, he thought, that had attracted him to her during this
past summer. The image of Amy, on the other hand, more than ever now since those recent associations,
stood for something quite contrarycertainly for attractiveness, but of a feverish and vivid kind,
extraordinarily unlike the other. To express it in terms of time, he thought of Maggie in the morning, and of
Amy in the evening, particularly after dinner. Maggie was cool and sunny; Amy suited better the evening
fever and artificial light.
And now Maggie had to be faced.
First he reflected that he had not breathed a hint, either to her or his mother, as to what had passed. They both
would believe that he had dropped all this. There would then be no arguing, that at least was a comfort. But
there was a curious sense of isolation and division between him and the girl.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 51
Page No 54
Yet, after all, he asked himself indignantly, what affair was it of hers? She was not his confessor; she was just
a convent bred girl who couldn't understand. He would be aloof and polite. That was the attitude. And he
would manage his own affairs.
He drew a few brisk draughts of smoke from his pipe and stood up. That was settled.
It was in this determined mood then that he stepped out on to the platform at the close of this wintry day, and
saw Maggie, radiant in furs, waiting for him, with her back to the orange sunset.
These two did not kiss one another. It was thought better not. But he took her hand with a pleasant sense of
welcome and homecoming.
"Auntie's in the brougham," she said. "There's lots of room for the luggage on the top. . . . Oh! Laurie, how
jolly this is!"
It was a pleasant twomile drive that they had. Laurie sat with his back to the horses. His mother patted his
knee once or twice under the fur rug, and looked at him with benevolent pleasure. It seemed at first a very
delightful homecoming. Mrs. Baxter asked after Mr. Morton, Laurie's coach, with proper deference.
But places have as strong a power of retaining associations as persons, and even as they turned down into the
hamlet Laurie was aware that this was particularly true just now. He carefully did not glance out at Mr.
Nugent's shop, but it was of no use. The whole place was as full to him of the memory of Amyand more
than the memory, it seemedas if she was still alive. They drew up at the very gate where he had whispered
her name; the end of the yew walk, where he had sat on a certain night, showed beyond the house; and half a
mile behind lay the meadows, darkling now, where he had first met her face to face in the sunset, and the
sluice of the stream where they had stood together silent. And all was like a landscape seen through coloured
paper by a child, it was of the uniform tint of death and sorrow.
Laurie was rather quiet all that evening. His mother noticed it, and it produced a remark from her that for an
instant brought his heart into his mouth.
"You look a little peaked, dearest," she said, as she took her bedroom candlestick from him. "You haven't
been thinking any more about that Spiritualism?"
He handed a candlestick to Maggie, avoiding her eyes.
"Oh, for a bit," he said lightly, "but I haven't touched the thing for over two months."
He said it so well that even Maggie was reassured. She had just hesitated for a fraction of a second to hear his
answer, and she went to bed well content.
Her contentment was even deeper next morning when Laurie, calling to her through the cheerful frosty air,
made her stop at the turning to the village on her way to church.
"I'm coming," he said virtuously; "I haven't been on a weekday for ages."
They talked of this and that for the halfmile before them. At the church door she hesitated again.
"Laurie, I wish you'd come to the Protestant churchyard with me for a moment afterwards, will you?"
He paled so suddenly that she was startled.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 52
Page No 55
"Why?" he said shortly.
"I want you to see something."
He looked at her still for an instant with an incomprehensible expression. Then he nodded with set lips.
When she came out he was waiting for her. She determined to say something of regret.
"Laurie, I'm dreadfully sorry if I shouldn't have said that. . . . I was stupid. . . . But perhaps"
"What is it you want me to see?" he said without the faintest expression in his voice.
"Just some flowers," she said. "You don't mind, do you?"
She saw him trembling a little.
"Was that all?"
"Why yes. . . . What else could it be?"
They went on a few steps without another word. At the church gate he spoke again.
"Its awfully good of you, Maggie . . . I . . . I'm rather upset still, you know; that's all."
He hurried, a little in front of her, over the frosty grass beyond the church; and she saw him looking at the
grave very earnestly as she came up. He said nothing for a moment.
"I'm afraid the monument's rather . . . rather awful. . . . Do you like the flowers, Laurie?"
She was noticing that the chrysanthemums were a little blackened by the frost; and hardly attended to the fact
that he did not answer.
"Do you like the flowers?" she said again presently.
He started from his prolonged stare downwards.
"Oh yes, yes," he said; "they're . . . they're lovely. . . . Maggie, the grave's all right, isn't it: the mound, I
mean?"
At first she hardly understood.
"Oh yes . . . what do you mean?"
He sighed, whether in relief or not she did not know.
"Only . . . only I have heard of mounds sinking sometimes, or cracking at the sides. But this one"
"Oh yes," interrupted the girl. "But this was very bad yesterday. . . . What's the matter, Laurie?"
He had turned his face with some suddenness, and there was in it a look of such terror that she herself was
frightened.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 53
Page No 56
"What were you saying, Maggie?"
"It was nothing of any importance," said the girl hurriedly. "It wasn't in the least disfigured, if that"
"Maggie, will you please tell me exactly in what condition this grave was yesterday? When was it put right?"
"I . . . I noticed it when I brought the chrysanthemums up yesterday morning. The ground was sunk a little,
and cracks were showing at the sides. I told the sexton to put it right. He seems to have done it. . . . Laurie,
why do you look like that?"
He was staring at her with an expression that might have meant anything. She would not have been surprised
if he had burst into a fit of laughter. It was horrible and unnatural.
"Laurie! Laurie! Don't look like that!"
He turned suddenly away and left her. She hurried after him.
On the way to the house he told her the whole story from beginning to end.
III
The two were sitting together in the little smokingroom at the back of the house on the last night of Laurie's
holidays. He was to go back to town next morning.
Maggie had passed a thoroughly miserable week. She had had to keep her promise not to tell Mrs.
Baxternot that that lady would have been of much service, but the very telling would be a reliefand
things really were not serious enough to justify her telling Father Mahon.
To her the misery lay, not in any belief she had that the spiritualistic claim was true, but that the boy could be
so horribly excited by it. She had gone over the arguments again and again with him, approving heartily of
his suggestions as to the earlier part of the story, and suggesting herself what seemed to her the most sensible
explanation of the final detail. Graves did sink, she said, in two cases out of three, and Laurie was as aware of
that as herself. Why in the world should not this then be attributed to the same subconscious mind as that
which, in the hypnotic sleepor whatever it washad given voice to the rest of his imaginations? Laurie
had shaken his head. Now they were at it once more. Mrs. Baxter had gone to bed half an hour before.
"It's too wickedly grotesque," she said indignantly. "You can't seriously believe that poor Amy's soul entered
into your mind for an hour and a half in Lady Laura's drawingroom. Why, what's purgatory, then, or
heaven? It's so utterly and ridiculously impossible that I can't speak of it with patience."
Laurie smiled at her rather wearily and contemptuously.
"The point," he said, "is this: Which is the simplest hypothesis? You and I both believe that the soul is
somewhere; and it's natural, isn't it, that she should wantoh! dash it all! Maggie, I think you should
remember that she was in love with meas well as I with her," he added.
Maggie made a tiny mental note.
"I don't deny for an instant that it's a very odd story," she said. "But this kind of explanation is justoh, I
can't speak of it. You allowed yourself that up to this last thing you didn't really believe it; and now because
of this coincidence the whole thing's turned upside down. Laurie, I wish you'd be reasonable."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 54
Page No 57
Laurie glanced at her.
She was sitting with her back to the curtained and shuttered window, beyond which lay the yewwalk; and
the lamplight from the tall stand fell full upon her. She was dressed in some rich darkish material, her breast
veiled in filmy white stuff, and her round, strong arms lay, bare to the elbow, along the arms of her chair. She
was a very pleasant wholesome sight. But her face was troubled, and her great serene eyes were not so serene
as usual. He was astonished at the persistence with which she attacked him. Her whole personality seemed
thrown into her eyes and gestures and quick words.
"Maggie," he said, "please listen. I've told you again and again that I'm not actually convinced. What you say
is just conceivably possible. But it doesn't seem to me to be the most natural explanation. The most natural
seems to me to be what I have said; and you're quite right in saying that it's this last thing that has made the
difference. It's exactly like the grain that turns the whole bottle into solid salt. It needed that. . . . But, as I've
said, I can't be actually and finally convinced until I've seen more. I'm going to see more. I wrote to Mr.
Vincent this morning."
"You did?" cried the girl.
"Don't be silly, please. . . . Yes, I did. I told him I'd be at his service when I came back to London. Not to
have done that would have been cowardly and absurd. I owe him that."
"Laurie, I wish you wouldn't," said the girl pleadingly.
He sat up a little, disturbed by this very unusual air of hers.
"But if it's all such nonsense," he said, "what's there to be afraid of?"
"It'sit's morbid," said Maggie, "morbid and horrible. Of course it's nonsense; but it'sit's wicked
nonsense."
Laurie flushed a little.
"You're polite," he said.
"I'm sorry," she said penitently. "But you know, really"
The boy suddenly blazed up a little.
"You seem to think I've got no heart," he cried. "Suppose it was truesuppose really and truly Amy was
here, and"
A sudden clear sharp sound like the crack of a whip sounded from the corner of the room. Even Maggie
started and glanced at the boy. He was dead white on the instant; his lips were trembling.
"What was that?" he whispered sharp and loud.
"Just the woodwork," she said tranquilly; "the thaw has set in tonight."
Laurie looked at her; his lips still moved nervously.
"Butbut" he began.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 55
Page No 58
"Dear boy, don't you see the state of nerves"
Again came the little sharp crack, and she stopped. For an instant she was disturbed; certain possibilities
opened before her, and she regarded them. Then she crushed them down, impatiently and half timorously.
She stood up abruptly.
"I'm going to bed," she said. "This is too ridiculous"
"No, no; don't leave me. . . . Maggie . . . I don't like it."
She sat down again, wondering at his childishness, and yet conscious that her own nerves, too, were ever so
slightly on edge. She would not look at him, for fear that the meeting of eyes might hint at more than she
meant. She threw her head back on her chair and remained looking at the ceiling. But to think that the souls
of the deadah, how repulsive!
Outside the night was very still.
The hard frost had kept the world ironbound in a sprinkle of snow during the last two or three days, but this
afternoon the thaw had begun. Twice during dinner there had come the thud of masses of snow falling from
the roof on to the lawn outside, and the clear sparkle of the candles had seemed a little dim and hazy. "It
would be a comfort to get at the garden again," she had reflected.
And now that the two sat here in the windless silence the thaw became more apparent every instant. The
silence was profound, and the little noises of the night outside, the drip from the eaves slow and deliberate,
the rustle of released leaves, and even the gentle thud on the lawn from the yew branchesall these helped to
emphasise the stillness. It was not like the murmur of day; it was rather like the gnawing of a mouse in the
wainscot of some deathchamber.
It requires almost superhumanly strong nerves to sit at night, after a conversation of this kind, opposite an
apparently reasonable person who is white and twitching with terror, even though one resolutely refrains
from looking at him, without being slightly affected. One may argue with oneself to any extent, tap one's foot
cheerfully on the floor, fill the mind most painstakingly with normal thoughts; yet it is something of a
conflict, however victorious one may be.
Even Maggie herself became aware of this.
It was not that now for one single moment she allowed that the two little sudden noises in the room could
possibly proceed from any cause whatever except that which she had statedthe relaxation of stiffened
wood under the influence of the thaw. Nor had all Laurie's arguments prevailed to shake in the smallest
degree her resolute conviction that there was nothing whatever preternatural in his certainly queer story.
Yet, as she sat there in the lamplight, with Laurie speechless before her, and the great curtained window
behind, she became conscious of an uneasiness that she could not entirely repel. It was just physical, she said;
it was the result of the change of weather; or, at the most, it was the silence that had now fallen and the
proximity of a terrified boy.
She looked across at him again.
He was lying back in the old green armchair, his eyes rather shadowed from the lamp overhead, quite still
and quiet, his hands still clasping the lionbosses of his chairarms. Beside him, on the little table, lay his
still smouldering cigarette end in the silver tray. . . .
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 56
Page No 59
Maggie suddenly sprang to her feet, slipped round the table, and caught him by the arm.
"Laurie, Laurie, wake up. . . . What's the matter?"
A long shudder passed through him. He sat up, with a bewildered look.
"Eh? What is it?" he said. "Was I asleep?"
He rubbed his hands over his eyes and looked round.
"What is it, Maggie? Was I asleep?"
Was the boy acting? Surely it was good acting! Maggie threw herself down on her knees by the chair.
"Laurie! Laurie! I beg you not to go to see Mr. Vincent. It's bad for you. . . . I do wish you wouldn't."
He still blinked at her a moment.
"I don't understand. What do you mean, Maggie?"
She stood up, ashamed of her impulsiveness.
"Only I wish you wouldn't go and see that man. Laurie, please don't."
He stood up too, stretching. Every sign of nervousness seemed gone.
"Not see Mr. Vincent? Nonsense; of course I shall. You don't understand, Maggie."
CHAPTER VII
I
"WHAT a relief," sighed Mrs. Stapleton. "I thought we had lost him."
The three were sitting once again in Lady Laura's drawing room soon after lunch. Mr. Vincent had just
looked in with Laurie's note to give the news. It was a heavy fog outside, woolly in texture and orange in
colour, and the tall windows seemed opaque in the lamplight; the room, by contrast, appeared a safe and
pleasant refuge from the reek and stinging vapour of the street.
Mrs. Stapleton had been lunching with her friend. The Colonel had returned for Christmas, so his wife's
duties had recalled her for the present from those spiritual conversations which she had enjoyed in the
autumn. It was such a refreshment, she had said with a patient smile, to slip away sometimes into the purer
atmosphere.
Mr. Vincent folded the letter and restored it to his pocket.
"We must be careful with him," he said. "He is extraordinarily sensitive. I almost wish he were not so
developed. Temperaments like his are apt to be thrown off their balance."
Lady Laura was silent.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 57
Page No 60
For herself she was not perfectly happy. She had lately come across one or two rather deplorable cases. A
very promising girl, daughter of a publican in the suburbs, had developed the same kind of powers, and the
end of it all had been rather a dreadful scene in Baker Street. She was now in an asylum. A friend of her own,
too, had lately taken to lecturing against Christianity in rather painful terms. Lady Laura wondered why
people could not be as well balanced as herself.
"I think he had better not come to the public séances at present," went on the medium. "That, no doubt, will
come later; but I was going to ask a great favour from you, Lady Laura."
She looked up.
"That bother about the rooms is not yet settled, and the Sunday séances will have to cease for the present. I
wonder if you would let us come here, just a few of us only, for three or four Sundays, at any rate."
She brightened up.
"Why, it would be the greatest pleasure," she said. "But what about the cabinet?"
"If necessary, I would send one across. Will you allow me to make arrangements?"
Mrs. Stapleton beamed.
"What a privilege!" she said. "Dearest, I quite envy you. I am afraid dear Tom would never consent"
"There are just one or two things on my mind," went on Mr. Vincent so pleasantly that the interruption
seemed almost a compliment, "and the first is this. I want him to see for himself. Of course, for ourselves, his
trance is the point; but hardly for him. He is tremendously impressed; I can see that; though he pretends not
to be. But I should like him to see something unmistakable as soon as possible. We must prevent his going
into trance, if possible. . . . And the next thing is his religion."
"Catholics are supposed not to come," observed Mrs. Stapleton.
"Just so. . . . Mr. Baxter is a convert, isn't he? . . . I thought so."
He mused for a moment or two.
The ladies had never seen him so interested in an amateur. Usually his manner was remarkable for its
detachment and severe assurance; but it seemed that this case excited even him. Lady Laura was filled again
with sudden compunction.
"Mr. Vincent," she said, "do you really think there is no danger for this boy?"
He glanced up at her.
"There is always danger," he said. "We know that well enough. We can but take precautions. But pioneers
always have to risk something."
She was not reassured.
"But I mean special danger. He is extraordinarily sensitive, you know. There was that girl from Surbiton. . . ."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 58
Page No 61
"Oh! she was exceptionally hysterical. Mr. Baxter's not like that. I do not see that he runs any greater risk
than we run ourselves."
"You are sure of that?"
He smiled deprecatingly.
"I am sure of nothing," he said. "But if you feel you would sooner not"
Mrs. Stapleton rustled excitedly, and Lady Laura grabbed at her retreating opportunity.
"No, no," she cried. "I didn't mean that for one moment. Please, please come here. I only wondered whether
there was any particular precaution"
"I will think about it," said the medium. "But I am sure we must be careful not to shock him. Of course, we
don't all take the same view about religion; but we can leave that for the present. The point is that Mr. Baxter
should, if possible, see something unmistakable. The rest can take care of itself. . . . Then, if you consent,
Lady Laura, we might have a little sitting here next Sunday night. Would nine o'clock suit you?"
He glanced at the two ladies.
"That will do very well," said the mistress of the house. "And, about preparations"
"I will look in on Saturday afternoon. Is there anyone particular you think of asking?"
"Mr. Jamieson came to see me again a few days ago," suggested Lady Laura tentatively.
"That will do very well. Then we three and those two. That will be quite enough for the present."
He stood upa big, dominating figurea reassuring man to look at, with his kindly face, his bushy, square
beard, and his appearance of physical strength. Lady Laura sat vaguely comforted.
"And about my notes," asked Maud Stapleton.
"I think they will not be necessary. . . . Goodday. . . . Saturday afternoon."
The two sat on silently for a minute or two after he was gone.
"What is the matter, dearest?"
Lady Laura's little anxious face did not move. She was staring thoughtfully at the fire. Mrs. Stapleton laid a
sympathetic hand on the other's knee.
"Dearest" she began.
"No; it is nothing, darling," said Lady Laura.
Meanwhile the medium was picking his way through the foggy streets. Figures loomed up, sudden and
enormous, and vanished again. Smoky flares of flame shone like spots of painted fire, bright and
unpenetrating, from windows overhead; and sounds came to him through the woolly atmosphere, dulled and
sonorous. It would, so to speak, have been a suitably dramatic setting for his thoughts if he had been thinking
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 59
Page No 62
in character, vaguely suggestive of presences and hints and peeps into the unknown.
But he was a very practical man. His spiritualistic faith was a reality to him, as unexciting as Christianity to
the normal Christian; he entertained no manner of doubt as to its truth.
Beyond all the fraud, the selfdeception, the amazing feats of the subconscious self, there remained certain
facts beyond doubtingfacts which required, he believed, an objective explanation, which none but the
spiritualistic thesis offered. He had far more evidence, he considered sincerely enough, for his spiritualism
than most Christians for their Christianity.
He had no very definite theory as to the spiritual world beyond thinking that it was rather like this world. For
him it was peopled with individualities of various characters and temperaments, of various grades and
achievements; and of these a certain number had the power of communicating under great difficulties with
persons on this side who were capable of receiving such communications. That there were dangers connected
with this process, he was well aware; he had seen often enough the moral sense vanish and the mental powers
decay. But these were to him no more than the honourable wounds to which all who struggle are liable. The
point for him was that here lay the one certain means of getting into touch with reality. Certainly that reality
was sometimes of a disconcerting nature, and seldom of an illuminating one; he hated, as much as anyone,
the tambourine business, except so far as it was essential; and he deplored the fact that, as he believed, it was
often the most degraded and the least satisfactory of the inhabitants of the other world that most easily got
into touch with the inhabitants of this. Yet, for him, the main tenets of spiritualism were as the bones of the
universe; it was the only religion which seemed to him in the least worthy of serious attention.
He had not practised as a medium for longer than ten or a dozen years. He had discovered, by chance as he
thought, that he possessed mediumistic powers in an unusual degree, and had begun then to take up the life as
a profession. He had suffered, so far as he was aware, no ill effects from this life, though he had seen others
suffer; and, as his fame grew, his income grew with it.
It is necessary, then, to understand that he was not a conscious charlatan; he loathed mechanical tricks such as
he occasionally came across; he was perfectly and serenely convinced that the powers which he possessed
were genuine, and that the personages he seemed to come across in his mediumistic efforts were what they
professed to be; that they were not hallucinatory, that they were not the products of fraud, that they were not
necessarily evil. He regarded this religion as he regarded science; both were progressive, both liable to error,
both capable of abuse. Yet as a scientist did not shrink from experiment for fear of risk, neither must the
spiritualist.
As he picked his way to his lodgings on the north of the park, he was thinking about Laurie Baxter. That this
boy possessed in an unusual degree what he would have called "occult powers" was very evident to him. That
these powers involved a certain risk was evident too. He proposed, therefore, to take all reasonable
precautions. All the catastrophes he had witnessed in the past were due, he thought, to a too rapid
development of those powers, or to inexperience. He determined, therefore, to go slowly.
First, the boy must be convinced; next, he must be attached to the cause; thirdly, his religion must be knocked
out of him; fourthly, he must be trained and developed. But for the present he must not be allowed to go into
trance if it could be prevented. It was plain, he thought, that Laurie had a very strong "affinity," as he would
have said, with the disembodied spirit of a certain "Amy Nugent." His communication with her had been of a
very startling nature in its rapidity and perfection. Real progress might be made, then, through this channel.
Yes; I am aware that this sounds grotesque nonsense.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 60
Page No 63
II
Laurie came back to town in a condition of interior quietness that rather astonished him. He had said to
Maggie that he was not convinced; and that was true so far as he knew. Intellectually, the spiritualistic theory
was at present only the hypothesis that seemed the most reasonable; yet morally he was as convinced of its
truth as of anything in the world. And this showed itself by the quietness in which he found his soul plunged.
Moral convictionthat conviction on which a man actsdoes not always coincide with the intellectual
process. Occasionally it outruns it; occasionally lags behind; and the first sign of its arrival is the cessation of
strain. The intellect may still be busy, arranging, sorting, and classifying; but the thing itself is done, and the
soul leans back.
A certain amount of excitement made itself felt when he found Mr. Vincent's letter waiting for his arrival to
congratulate him on his decision, and to beg him to be at Queen's Gate not later than halfpast eight o'clock
on the following Sunday; but it was not more than momentary. He knew the thing to be inevitably true now;
the time and place at which it manifested itself was not supremely important.
Yes, he wrote in answer; he would certainly keep the appointment suggested.
He dined out at a restaurant, returned to his rooms, and sat down to arrange his ideas.
These, to be frank, were not very many, nor very profound.
He had already, in the days that had passed since his shock, no lighter because expected, when he had learned
from Maggie that the test was fulfilled, and that a fact known to no one present, not even himself, in Queen's
Gate, had been communicated through his lipssince that time the idea had become familiar that the veil
between this world and the next was a very thin one. After all, a large number of persons in the world believe
that, as it is; and they are not, in consequence, in a continuous state of exaltation. Laurie had learned this, he
thought, experimentally. Very well, then, that was so; there was no more to be said.
Next, the excitement of the thought of communicating with Amy in particular had to a large extent burned
itself out. It was nearly four months since her death; and in his very heart of hearts he was beginning to be
aware that she had not been so entirely his twinsoul as he would still have maintained. He had reflected a
little, in the meantime, upon the grocer's shop, the dissenting teaparties, the odour of cheeses. Certainly
these things could not destroy an "affinity" if the affinity were robust; but it would need to be. . . .
He was still very tender towards the thought of her; she had gained too, inevitably, by dying, a dignity she
had lacked while living, and it might well be that intercourse with her in the manner proposed would be an
extraordinarily sweet experience. But he was no longer excitedpassionately and overwhelmingly by the
prospect. It would be delightful? Yes. But . . .
Then Laurie began to look at his religion, and at that view he stopped dead. He had no ideas at all on the
subject; he had not a notion where he stood. All he knew was that it had become uninteresting. True? Oh, yes,
he supposed so. He retained it still as many retain faith in the supernaturala reserve that could be drawn
upon in extremities.
He had not yet missed hearing Mass on Sunday; in fact, he proposed to go even next Sunday. "A man must
have a religion," he said to himself; and, intellectually, there was at present no other possible religion for him
except the Catholic. Yet as he looked into the future he was doubtful.
He drew himself up in his chair and began to fill his pipe. . . . In three days he would be seated in a room with
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 61
Page No 64
three or four persons, he supposed. Of these, twoand certainly the two strongest charactershad no
religion except that supplied by spiritualism, and he had read enough to know this was, at any rate in the long
run, nonChristian. And these three or four persons, moreover, believed with their whole hearts that they
were in relations with the invisible world, far more evident and sensible than those claimed by any other
believers on the face of the earth. And, after all, Laurie reflected, there seemed to be justice in their claim. He
would be seated in that room, he repeated to himself, and it might be that before he left it he would have seen
with his own eyes, and possibly handled, living persons who had, in the common phrase, "died" and been
buried. Almost certainly, at the very least, he would have received from such intelligences unmistakable
messages. . . .
He was astonished that he was not more excited. He asked himself again whether he really believed it; he
compared his belief in it with his belief in the existence of New Zealand. Yes, if that were belief, he had it.
But the excitement of doubt was gone, as no doubt it was gone when New Zealand became a geographical
expression.
He was astonished at its naturalnessat the extraordinary manner in which, when once the evidence had
been seen and the point of view grasped, the whole thing fell into place. It seemed to him as if he must have
known it all his life; yet, he knew, six months ago he had hardly known more than that there were upon the
face of the earth persons called Spiritualists, who believed, or pretended to believe, what he then was quite
sure was fantastic nonsense. And now he was, to all intents, one of them. . . .
He was being drawn forward, it seemed, by a process as inevitable as that of spring or autumn; and, once he
had yielded to it, the conflict and the excitement were over. Certainly this made very few demands.
Christianity said that those were blessed who had not seen and yet believed; Spiritualism said that the only
reasonable belief was that which followed seeing.
So then Laurie sat and meditated.
Once or twice that evening he looked round him tranquilly without a touch of that terror that had seized him
in the smokingroom at home.
If all this were trueand he repeated to himself that he knew it was truethese presences were about him
now, so why was it that he was no longer frightened?
He looked carefully into the dark corner behind him, beyond the low jutting bookshelf, in the angle between
the curtained windows, at his piano, glossy and mysterious in the gloom, at the door halfopen into his
bedroom. All was quiet here, shut off from the hum of Fleet Street; circumstances were propitious. Why was
he not frightened? . . . Why, what was there to frighten him? These presences were natural and normal; even
as a Catholic he believed in them. And if they manifested themselves, what was there to fear in that?
He looked steadily and serenely; and as he looked, like the kindling of a fire, there rose within him a sense of
strange exaltation.
"Amy," he whispered.
But there was no movement or hint.
Laurie smiled a little, wearily. He felt tired; he would sleep a little. He beat out his pipe, crossed his feet
before the fire, and closed his eyes.
III
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 62
Page No 65
There followed that smooth rush into gulfs of sleep that provides perhaps the most exquisite physical
sensation known to man, as the veils fall thicker and softer every instant, and the consciousness gathers itself
inwards from hands and feet and limbs, like a dog curling himself up for rest; yet retains itself in continuous
being, and is able to regard its own comfort. All this he remembered perfectly half an hour later; but there
followed in his memory that inevitable gap in which self loses itself before emerging into the phantom land
of dreams, or returning to reality.
But that into which he emerged, he remembered afterwards, was a different realm altogether from that which
is usual from that country of grotesque fancy and jumbled thoughts, of thin shadows of truth and echoes
from the common world where most of us find ourselves in sleep.
His dream was as follows:
He was still in his room, he thought, but no longer in his chair. Instead, he stood in the very centre of the
floor, or at least poised somewhere above it, for he could see at a glance, without turning, all that the room
contained. He directed his attentionfor it was this, rather than sight, through which he perceivedto the
piano, the chiffonier, the chairs, the two doors, the curtained windows; and finally, with scarcely even a touch
of surprise, to himself still sunk in the chair before the fire. He regarded himself with pleased interest,
remembering even in that instant that he had never before seen himself with closed eyes. . . .
All in the room was extraordinarily vivid and clearcut. It was true that the firelight still wavered and sank
again in billows of soft colour about the shadowed walls, but the changing light was no more an interruption
to the action of that steady medium through which he perceived than the movement of summer clouds across
the full sunlight. It was at that moment that he understood that he saw no longer with eyes, but with that
faculty of perception to which sight is only analogousthat faculty which underlies and is common to all the
senses alike.
His reasoning powers, too, at this moment, seemed to have gone from him like a husk. He did not argue or
deduce; simply he understood. And, in a flash, simultaneous with the whole vision, he perceived that he was
behind all the slow processes of the world, by which this is added to that, and a conclusion drawn; by which
light travels, and sounds resolve themselves and emotions run their course. He had reached, he thought, the
ultimate secret. . . . It was This that lay behind everything.
Now it is impossible to set down, except progressively, all this sum of experiences that occupied for him one
interminable instant. Neither did he remember afterwards the order in which they presented themselves; for it
seemed to him that there was no order; all was simultaneous.
But he understood plainly by intuition that all was open to him. Space no longer existed for him; nothing, to
his perception, separated this from that. He was able, he saw, without stirring from his attitude to see in an
instant any place or person towards which he chose to exercise his attention. It seemed a marvellously simple
point, thisthat space was little more than an illusion; that it was, after all, nothing else but a translation into
rather coarse terms of what may be called "differences." "Here" and "There" were but relative terms; certainly
they corresponded to facts, but they were not those facts themselves. . . . And since he now stood behind them
he saw them on their inner side, as a man standing in the interior of a globe may be said to be equally present
to every point upon its surface.
The fascination of the thought was enormous; and, like a child who begins to take notice and to learn the laws
of extension and distance, so he began to learn their reverse. He saw, he thought (as he had seen once before,
only, this time, without the sense of movement), the interior of the lighted drawingroom at home, and his
mother nodding in her chair; he directed his attention to Maggie, and perceived her passing across the landing
toward the head of the stairs with a candle in her hand. It was this sight that brought him to a further
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 63
Page No 66
discovery, to the effect that time also was of very nearly no importance either; for he perceived that by
bending his attention upon her he could restrain her, so to speak, in her movement. There she stood, one foot
outstretched, the candle flame leaning motionless backward; and he knew too that it was not she who was
thus restrained, but that it was the intensity and directness of his thought that fixed, so to say, in terms of
eternity, that instant of time. . . .
So it went on; or, rather, so it was with him. He pleased himself by contemplating the London streets outside,
the darkness of the garden in some square, the interior of the Oratory where a few figures kneeledall seen
beyond the movements of light and shadow in this clear invisible radiance that was to his perception as
common light to common eyes. The world of which he had had experiencefor he found himself unable to
see that which he had never experiencedlay before his will like a movable map: this or that person or place
had but to be desired, and it was present.
And then came the return; and the Horror. . . .
He began in this way.
He understood that he wished to awake, or, rather, to be reunited with the body that lay there in deep sleep
before the fire. He observed it for a moment or two, interested and pleased, the face sunk a little on the hand,
the feet lightly crossed on the fender. He looked at his own profile, the straight nose, the parted lips through
which the breath came evenly. He attempted even to touch the face, wondering with gentle pleasure what
would be the result. . . .
Then, suddenly, an impulse came to him to enter the body, and with the impulse the process, it seemed,
began.
That process was not unlike that of falling asleep. In an instant perception was gone; the lighted room was
gone, and that obedient world which he had contemplated just now. Yet selfconsciousness for a while
remained; he still had the power of perceiving his own personality, though this dwindled every moment down
to that same gulf of nothingness through which he had found his way.
But at the very instant in which consciousness was passing there met him an emotion so fierce and
overwhelming that he recoiled in terror back from the body once more and earth perceptions; and a panic
seized him.
It was such a panic as seizes a child who, fearfully courageous, has stolen at night from his room, and turning
in halfsimulated terror finds the door fast against him, or is aware of a malignant presence come suddenly
into being, standing between himself and the safety of his own bed.
On the one side his fear drove him onwards; on the other a Horror faced him. He dared not recoil, for he
understood where security lay; he longed, like the child screaming in the dark and beating his hands, to get
back to the warmth and safety of bed; yet there stood before him a Presence, or at the least an Emotion of
some kind, so hostile, so terrible, that he dared not penetrate it. It was not that an actual restraint lay upon
him: he knew, that is, that the door was open; yet it needed an effort of the will of which his paralysis of
terror rendered him incapable. . . .
The tension became intolerable.
"O God . . . God . . . God . . ." he cried.
And in an instant the threshold was vacated; the swift rush asserted itself, and the space was passed.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 64
Page No 67
Laurie sat up abruptly in his chair.
IV
Mr. Vincent was beginning to think about going to bed. He had come in an hour before, had written half a
dozen letters, and was smoking peacefully before the fire.
His rooms were not remarkable in any way, except for half a dozen objects standing on the second shelf of
his bookcase, and the selection of literature ranged below them. For the rest, all was commonplace enough; a
mahogany kneehold table, a couple of easy chairs, much worn, and a long, extremely comfortable sofa
standing by itself against the wall with evident signs, in its tumbled cushions and rubbed fabric, of continual
and frequent use. A second door gave entrance to his bedroom.
He beat out his pipe slowly, yawned, and stood up.
It was at this instant that he heard the sudden tinkle of the electric bell in the lobby outside, and, wondering at
the interruption at this hour, went quickly out and opened the door on to the stairs.
"Mr. Baxter! Come in, come in; I'm delighted to see you."
Laurie came in without a word, went straight up to the fire place, and faced about.
"I'm not going to apologise," he said, "for coming at this time. You told me to come and see you at any time,
and I've taken you at your word."
The young man had an odd embarrassed manner, thought the other; an air of having come in spite of
uneasiness; he was almost shamefaced.
The medium impelled him gently into a chair.
"First a cigarette," he said; "next a little whisky; and then I shall be delighted to listen. . . . No; please do as I
say."
Laurie permitted himself to be managed; there was a strong, almost paternal air in the other's manner that was
difficult to resist. He lit his cigarette, he sipped his whisky; but his movements were nervously quick.
"Well, then . . ." and he interrupted himself. "What are those things, Mr. Vincent?" He nodded towards the
second shelf in the bookcase.
Mr. Vincent turned on the hearthrug.
"Those? Oh! those are a few rather elementary instruments for my work."
He lifted down a crystal ball on a small black polished wooden stand and handed it over.
"You have heard of crystalgazing? Well, that is the article."
"Is that crystal?"
"Oh no: common glass. Price three shillings and sixpence."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 65
Page No 68
Laurie turned it over, letting the shining globe run on to his hand.
"And this is" he began.
"And this," said the medium, setting a curious windmill shaped affair, its sails lined with lookingglass, on
the little table by the fire, "this is a French toy. Very elementary."
"What's that?"
"Look."
Mr. Vincent wound a small handle at the back of the windmill to a sound of clockwork, set it down again,
and released it. Instantly the sails began to revolve, noiseless and swift, producing the effect of a rapidly
flashing circle of light across which span lines, waxing and waning with extraordinary speed.
"What the"
"It's a little machine for inducing sleep. Oh! I haven't used that for months. But it's useful sometimes. The
hypnotic subject just stares at that steadily. . . . Why, you're looking dazed yourself, already, Mr. Baxter,"
smiled the medium.
He stopped the mechanism and pushed it on one side.
"And what's the other?" asked Laurie, looking again at the shelf.
"Ah!"
The medium, with quite a different air, took down and set before him an object resembling a tiny
heartshaped table on three wheeled legs, perhaps four or five inches across. Through the centre ran a pencil
perpendicularly of which the point just touched the tablecloth on which the thing rested. Laurie looked at it,
and glanced up.
"Yes, that's Planchette," said the medium.
"For . . . for automatic writing?"
The other nodded.
"Yes," he said. "The experimenter puts his fingers lightly upon that, and there's a sheet of paper beneath. That
is all."
Laurie looked at him, half curiously. Then with a sudden movement he stood up.
"Yes," he said. "Thank you. But"
"Please sit down, Mr. Baxter. . . . I know you haven't come about that kind of thing. Will you kindly tell me
what you have come about?"
He, too, sat down, and, without looking at the other, began slowly to fill his pipe again, with his strong
capable fingers. Laurie stared at the process, unseeing.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 66
Page No 69
"Just tell me simply," said the medium again, still without looking at him.
Laurie threw himself back.
"Well, I will," he said. "I know it's absurdly childish; but I'm a little frightened. It's about a dream."
"That's not necessarily childish."
"It's a dream I had tonightin my chair after dinner."
"Well?"
Then Laurie began.
For about ten minutes he talked without ceasing. Mr. Vincent smoked tranquilly, putting what seemed to
Laurie quite unimportant questions now and again, and nodding gently from time to time.
"And I'm frightened," ended Laurie; "and I want you to tell me what it all means."
The other drew a long inhalation through his pipe, expelled it, and leaned back.
"Oh, it's comparatively common," he said; "common, that is, with people of your temperament, Mr.
Baxterand mine. . . . You tell me that it was prayer that enabled you to get through at the end? That is
interesting."
"Butbutwas it more than fancymore, I mean, than an ordinary dream?"
"Oh, yes; it was objective. It was a real experience."
"You mean"
"Mr. Baxter, just listen to me for a minute or two. You can ask any questions you like at the end. First, you
are a Catholic, you told me; you believe, that is to say, among other things, that the spiritual world is a real
thing, always present more or less. Well, of course, I agree with you; though I do not agree with you
altogether as to the geography andand other details of that world. But you believe, I take it, that this world
is continually with usthat this room, so to speak, is a great deal more than that of which our senses tell us
that there are with us, now and always, a multitude of influences, good, bad, and indifferent, really present to
our spirits?"
"I suppose so," said Laurie.
"Now begin again. There are two kinds of dreams. I am just stating my own belief, Mr. Baxter. You can
make what comments you like afterwards. The one kind of dream is entirely unimportant; it is merely a hash,
a réchauffée, of our own thoughts, in which little things that we have experienced reappear in a hopeless sort
of confusion. It is the kind of dream that we forget altogether, generally, five minutes after waking, if not
before. But there is another kind of dream that we do not forget. It leaves as vivid an impression upon us as if
it were a waking experiencean actual incident. And that is exactly what it is."
"I don't understand."
"Have you ever heard of the subliminal consciousness, Mr. Baxter?"
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 67
Page No 70
"No."
The medium smiled.
"That is fortunate," he said. "It's being run to death just now. . . . Well, I'll put it in an untechnical way. There
is a part of us, is there not, that lies below our ordinary waking thoughtsthat part of us in which our dreams
reside, our habits take shape, our instincts, intuitions, and all the rest, are generated. Well, in ordinary dreams,
when we are asleep, it is this part that is active. The pot boils, so to speak, all by itself, uncontrolled by
reason. A madman is a man in whom this part is supreme in his waking life as well. Well, it is through this
part of us that we communicate with the spiritual world. There are, let us say, two doors in itthat which
leads up to our senses, through which come down our waking experiences to be stored up; andand the
other door. . . ."
"Yes?"
The medium hesitated.
"Well," he said, "in some naturesyours, for instance, Mr. Baxterthis door opens rather easily. It was
through that door that you went, I think, in what you call your `dream.' You yourself said it was quite unlike
ordinary dreams."
"Yes."
"And I am the more sure that this is so, since your experience is exactly that of so many others under the
same circumstances."
Laurie moved uncomfortably in his chair.
"I don't quite understand," he said sharply. "You mean it was not a dream?"
"Certainly not. At least, not a dream in the ordinary sense. It was an actual experience."
"Butbut I was asleep."
"Certainly. That is one of the usual conditionsan almost indispensable condition, in fact. The objective
selfI mean the ordinary workaday facultieswas lulled; and your subjective selfcall it what you
likebut it is your real self, the essential self that survives deaththis self, simply went through the inner
door, andand saw what was to be seen."
Laurie looked at him intently. But there was a touch of apprehension in his face, too.
"You mean," he said slowly, "thatthat all I sawthe limitations of space, and so forththat these were
facts and not fancies?"
"Certainly. Doesn't your theology hint at something of the kind?"
Laurie was silent. He had no idea of what his theology told him on the point.
"But why should II of all peoplehave such an experience?" he asked suddenly.
The medium smiled.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 68
Page No 71
"Who can tell that?" he said. "Why should one man be an artist, and another not? It is a matter of
temperament. You see you've begun to develop that temperament at last; and it's a very marked one to begin
with. As for"
Laurie interrupted him.
"Yes, yes," he said. "But there's another point. What about that fear I had when I tried toto awaken?"
There passed over the medium's face a shade of gravity. It was no more than a shade, but it was there. He
reached out rather quickly for his pipe which he had laid aside, and blew through it carefully before
answering.
"That?" he said, with what seemed to the boy an affected carelessness. "That? Oh, that's a common
experience. Don't think about that too much, Mr. Baxter. It's never very healthy"
"I am sorry," said Laurie deliberately. "But I must ask you to tell me what you think. I must know what I'm
doing."
The medium filled his pipe again. Twice he began to speak, and checked himself; and in the long silence
Laurie felt his fears gather upon him tenfold.
"Please tell me at once, Mr. Vincent," he said. "Unless I know everything that is to be known, I will not go
another step along this road. I really mean that."
The medium paused in his pipefilling.
"And what if I do tell you?" he said in his slow virile voice. "Are you sure you will not be turned back?"
"If it is a wellknown danger, and can be avoided with prudence, I certainly shall not turn back."
"Very well, Mr. Baxter, I will take you at your word. . . . Have you ever heard the phrase, `The Watcher on
the Threshold'?"
Laurie shook his head.
"No," he said. "At least I don't think so."
"Well," said the medium quietly, "that is what we call the Fear you spoke of. . . . No; don't interrupt. I'll tell
you all we know. It's not very much."
He paused again, stretched his hand for the matches, and took one out. Laurie watched him as if fascinated by
the action.
Outside roared Oxford Street in one long rolling sound as of the sea; but within here was that quiet retired
silence which the boy had noticed before in the same company. Was that fancy, too, he wondered? . . .
The medium lit his pipe and leaned back.
"I'll tell you all we know," he said again quietly. "It's not very much. Really the phrase I used just now sums
it up pretty well. We who have tried to get beyond this world of sense have become aware of certain facts of
which the world generally knows nothing at all. One of these facts is that the door between this life and the
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 69
Page No 72
other is guarded by a certain being of whom we know really nothing at all, except that his presence causes the
most appalling fear in those who experience it. He is set thereGod only knows whyand his main
business seems to be to restrain, if possible, from reentering the body those who have left it. Just
occasionally his presence is perceived by those on this side, but not often. But I have been present at
deathbeds where he has been seen"
"Seen?"
"Oh! yes. Seen by the dying person. It is usually only a glimpse; it might be said to be a mistake. For myself I
believe that that appalling terror that now and then shows itself, even in people who do not fear death itself,
who are perfectly resigned, who have nothing on their conscience,well, personally, I believe the fear
comes from a sight of thisthis Personage."
Laurie licked his dry lips. He told himself that he did not believe one word of it.
"And . . . and he is evil?" he asked.
The other shrugged his shoulders.
"Isn't that a relative term?" he said. "From one point of view, certainly; but not necessarily from all."
"And . . . and what's the good of it?"
The medium smiled a little.
"That's a question we soon cease to ask. You must remember that we hardly know anything at all yet. But one
thing seems more and more certain the more we investigate, and that is that our point of view is not the only
one, nor even the principal one. Christianity, I fancy, says the same thing, does it not? The `glory of God,'
whatever that may be, comes before even the `salvation of souls.'"
Laurie wrenched his attention once more to a focus.
"Then I was in danger?" he said.
"Certainly. We are always in danger"
"You mean, if I hadn't prayed"
"Ah! that is another question. . . . But, in short, if you hadn't succeeded in getting pastwell, you'd have
failed."
Again there fell a silence.
It seemed to Laurie as if his world were falling about him. Yet he was far from sure whether it were not all an
illusion. But the extreme quietness and confidence of this man in enunciating these startling theories had their
effect. It was practically impossible for the boy to sit here, still nervous from his experience, and hear,
unmoved, this apparently reasonable and connected account of things that were certainly incomprehensible
on any other hypothesis. His remembrance of the very startling uniqueness of his dream was still vivid. . . .
Surely it all fitted in . . . yet . . .
"But there is one thing," broke in the medium's quiet voice. "Should you ever experience this kind of thing
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 70
Page No 73
again, I should recommend you not to pray. Just exercise your own individuality; assert yourself; don't lean
on another. You are quite strong enough."
"You mean"
"I mean exactly what I say. What is called Prayer is really an imaginative concession to weakness. Take the
short cut, rather. Assert your ownyour own individuality."
Laurie changed his attitude. He uncrossed his feet and sat up a little.
"Oh! pray if you want to," said the medium. "But you must remember, Mr. Baxter, that you are quite an
exceptional person. I assure you that you have no conception of your own powers. I must say that I hope you
will take the strong line." He paused. "These séances, for instance. Now that you know a little more of the
dangers, are you going to turn back?"
His overhung kindly eyes looked out keenly for an instant at the boy's restless face.
"I don't know," said Laurie; "I must think. . . ."
He got up.
"Look here, Mr. Vincent," he said, "it seems to me you're extraordinarilyerextraordinarily plausible. But
I'm even now not quite sure whether I'm not going mad. It's like a perfectly mad dreamall these things one
on the top of the other."
He paused, looking sharply at the elder man, and away again.
"Yes?"
Laurie began to finger a pencil that lay on the chimney shelf.
"You see what I mean, don't you?" he said. "I'm not disputing eryour point of view, nor your sincerity.
But I do wish you would give me another proof or two."
"You haven't had enough?"
"Oh! I suppose I haveif I were reasonable. But, you know, it all seems to me as if you suddenly
demonstrated to me that twice two made five."
"But then, surely no proof"
"Yes; I know. I quite see that. Yet I want onesomething quite absolutely ordinary. If you can do all these
things spirits and all the restcan't you do something ever so much simpler, that's beyond mistake?"
"Oh, I daresay. But wouldn't you ask yet another after that?"
"I don't know."
"Or wouldn't you think you'd been hypnotised?"
Laurie shook his head.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 71
Page No 74
"I'm not a fool," he said.
"Then give me that pencil," said the medium, suddenly extending his hand.
Laurie stared a moment. Then he handed over the pencil.
On the little table by the armchair, a couple of feet from Laurie, stood the whisky apparatus and a box of
cigarettes. These the medium, without moving from his chair, lifted off and set on the floor beside him,
leaving the wovengrass surface of the table entirely bare. He then laid the pencil gently in the centreall
without a word. Laurie watched him carefully.
"Now kindly do not speak one word or make one movement," said the man peremptorily. "Wait! You're
perfectly sure you're not hypnotised, or any other nonsense?"
"Certainly not."
"Just go round the room, look out of the window, poke the fireanything you like."
"I'm satisfied," said the boy.
"Very good. Then kindly watch that pencil."
The medium leaned a little forward in his chair, bending his eyes steadily upon the little wooden cylinder
lying, like any other pencil, on the top of the table. Laurie glanced once at him, then back again. There it lay,
common and ordinary.
For at least a minute nothing happened at all, except that from the intentness of the elder man there seemed
once more to radiate out that curious air of silence that Laurie was beginning to know so wellthat silence
that seemed impenetrable to the common sounds of the world and to exist altogether independent of them.
Once and again he glanced round at the ordinarylooking room, the curtained windows, the dull furniture;
and the second time he looked back at the pencil he was almost certain that some movement had just taken
place with it. He resolutely fixed his eyes upon it, bending every faculty he possessed into one tense attitude
of attention. And a moment later he could not resist a sudden movement and a swift indrawing of breath; for
there, before his very eyes, the pencil tilted, very hesitatingly and quiveringly, as if pulled by a spider's
thread. He heard, too, the tiny tap of its fall.
He glanced at the medium, who jerked his head impatiently, as if for silence. Then once more the silence
came down.
A minute later there was no longer the possibility of a doubt.
There before the boy's eyes, as he stared, whitefaced, with parted lips, the pencil rose, hesitated, quivered;
but, instead of falling back again, hung so for a moment on its point, forming with itself an acute angle with
the plane of the table in an entirely impossible position; then, once more rising higher, swung on its point in a
quarter circle, and after one more pause and quiver, rose to its full height, remained poised one instant, then
fell with a sudden movement, rolled across the table and dropped on the carpet.
The medium leaned back, drawing a long breath.
"There," he said; and smiled at the bewildered young man.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 72
Page No 75
"Butbut" began the other.
"Yes, I know," said the man. "It's startling, isn't it? and indeed it's not as easy as it looks. I wasn't at all
sure"
"But, good Lord, I saw"
"Of course you did; but how do you know you weren't hypnotised?"
Laurie sat down suddenly, unconscious that he had done so. The medium put out his hand for his pipe once
more.
"Now, I'm going to be quite honest," he said. "I have quite a quantity of comments to make on that. First, it
doesn't prove anything whatever, even if it really happened"
"Even if it!"
"Certainly. . . . Oh, yes; I saw it too; and there's the pencil on the floor"he stooped and picked it up.
"But what if we were both hypnotisedboth acted upon by selfsuggestion? We can't prove we weren't."
Laurie was dumb.
"Secondly, it doesn't prove anything, in any case, as regards the other matters we were speaking of. It only
showsif it really happened, as I saythat the mind has extraordinary control over matter. It hasn't
anything to do with immortality, oror spiritualism."
"Then why did you do it?" gasped the boy.
"Merely fireworks . . . only to show off. People are convinced by such queer things."
Laurie sat regarding, still with an unusual pallor in his face and brightness in his eyes. He could not in the last
degree put into words why it was that the tiny incident of the pencil affected him so profoundly. Vaguely,
only, he perceived that it was all connected somehow with the ordinariness of the accessories, and more
impressive therefore than all the paraphernalia of planchette, spinning mirrors, or even his own dreams.
He stood up again suddenly.
"It's no good, Mr. Vincent," he said, putting out his hand, "I'm knocked over. I can't imagine why. It's no use
talking now. I must think. Good night."
"Good night, Mr. Baxter," said the medium serenely.
CHAPTER VIII
I
"HER ladyship told me to show you in here, sir," said the footman at halfpast eight on Sunday evening.
Laurie put down his hat, slipped off his coat, and went into the diningroom.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 73
Page No 76
The table was still littered with dessertplates and napkins. Two people had dined there he observed. He went
round to the fire, wondering vaguely as to why he had not been shown upstairs, and stood, warming his hands
behind him, and looking at the pleasant gloom of the high picturehung walls.
In spite of himself he felt slightly more excited than he had thought he would be; it was one thing to be
philosophical at a prospect of three days' distance; and another when the gates of death actually rise in sight.
He wondered in what mood he would see his own rooms again. Then he yawned slightlyand was a little
pleased that it was natural to yawn.
There was a rustle outside; the door opened, and Lady Laura slipped in.
"Forgive me, Mr. Baxter," she said. "I wanted to have just a word with you first. Please sit down a moment."
She seemed a little anxious and upset, thought Laurie, as he sat down and looked at her in her evening dress
with the emblematic chain more apparent than ever. Her frizzed hair sat as usual on the top of her head, and
her pincenez glimmered at him across the hearthrug like the eyes of a cat.
"It is this," she said hurriedly. "I felt I must just speak to you. I wasn't sure whether you quite realised the . . .
the dangers of all this. I didn't want you to . . . to run any risks in my house. I should feel responsible, you
know."
She laughed nervously.
"Risks? Would you mind explaining?" said Laurie.
"There . . . there are always risks, you know."
"What sort?"
"Oh . . . you know . . . nerves, and so on. I . . . I have seen people very much upset at séances, more than
once."
Laurie smiled.
"I don't think you need be afraid, Lady Laura. It's awfully kind of you; but, do you know, I'm ashamed to say
that, if anything, I'm rather bored."
The pincenez gleamed.
"Butbut don't you believe it? I thought Mr. Vincent said"
"Oh yes, I believe it; but, you know, it seems to me so natural now. Even if nothing happens tonight, I don't
think I shall believe it any the less."
She was silent an instant.
"You know there are other risks," she said suddenly.
"What? Are things thrown about?"
"Please don't laugh at it, Mr. Baxter. I am quite serious."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 74
Page No 77
"Wellwhat kind do you mean?"
Again she paused.
"It's very awful," she said; "but, you know, people's nerves do break down entirely sometimes, even though
they're not in the least afraid. I saw a case once"
She stopped.
"Yes?"
"Itit was a very awful case. A girla sensitivebroke down altogether under the strain. She's in an
asylum."
"I don't think that's likely for me," said Laurie, with a touch of humour in his voice. "And, after all, you run
these risks, don't youand Mrs. Stapleton?"
"Yes; but you see we're not sensitives. And even I"
"Yes?"
"Well, even I feel sometimes rather overcome. . . . Mr. Baxter, do you quite realise what it all means?"
"I think so. To tell the truth"
He stopped.
"Yes; but the thing itself is really overwhelming. . . . There'sthere's an extraordinary power sometimes.
You know I was with Maud Stapleton when she saw her father"
She stopped again.
"Yes?"
"I saw him too, you know. . . . Oh! there was no possibility of fraud. It was with Mr. Vincent. Itit was
rather terrible."
"Yes?"
"Maud fainted. . . . Please don't tell her I told you, Mr. Baxter; she wouldn't like you to know that. And then
other things happen sometimes which aren't nice. Do you think me a great coward? II think I've got a fit of
nerves tonight."
Laurie could see that she was trembling.
"I think you're very kind," he said, "to take the trouble to tell me all this. But indeed I was quite ready to be
startled. I quite understand what you meanbut"
"Mr. Baxter, you can't understand unless you've experienced it. And, you know, the other day here you knew
nothing at all: you were not conscious. Now tonight you're to keep awake; Mr. Vincent's going to arrange to
do what he can about that. And and I don't quite like it."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 75
Page No 78
"Why, what on earth can happen?" asked Laurie, bewildered.
"Mr. Baxter, I suppose you realise that it's you that they whoever they areare interested in? There's no
kind of doubt that you'll be the centre tonight. And I did just want you to understand fully that there are
risks. I shouldn't like to think"
Laurie stood up.
"I understand perfectly," he said. "Certainly, I always knew there were risks. I hold myself responsible, and
no one else. Is that quite clear?"
The wire of the frontdoor bell suddenly twitched in the hall, and a peal came up the stairs.
"He's come," said the other. "Come upstairs, Mr. Baxter. Please don't say a word of what I've said."
She hurried out, and he after her, as the footman came up from the lower regions.
The drawingroom presented an unusual appearance to Laurie as he came in. All the small furniture had been
moved away to the side where the windows looked into the street, and formed there what looked like an
amateur barricade. In the centre of the room, immediately below the electric light, stood a solid small round
table with four chairs set round it as if for Bridge. There was on the side further from the street a kind of
anteroom communicating with the main room by a high, wide archway nearly as large as the room to which
it gave access; and within this, full in sight, stood a curious erection, not unlike a confessional, seated within
for one, roofed, walled, and floored with thin wood. The front of this was open, but screened partly by two
curtains that seemed to hang from a rod within. The rest of the little extra room was entirely empty except for
the piano that stood closed in the corner.
There were two persons standing rather disconsolately on the vacant hearthrugMrs. Stapleton and the
clergyman whom Laurie had met on his last visit here. Mr. jamieson wore an expression usually associated
with funerals, and Mrs. Stapleton's face was full of suppressed excitement.
"Dearest, what a time you've been! Was that Mr. Vincent?"
"I think so," said Lady Laura.
The two men nodded to one another, and an instant later the medium came in.
He was in evening clothes; and, more than ever, Laurie thought how average and conventional he looked. His
manner was not in the least pontifical, and he shook hands cordially and naturally, but gave one quick glance
of approval at Laurie.
"It struck me as extraordinarily cold," he said. "I see you have an excellent fire." And he stooped, rubbing his
hands together to warm them.
"We must screen that presently," he said.
Then he stood up again.
"There's no use in wasting time. May I say a word first, Lady Laura?"
She nodded, looking at him almost apprehensively.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 76
Page No 79
"First, I must ask you gentlemen to give me your word on a certain point. I have not an idea how things will
go, or whether we shall get any results; but we are going to attempt materialisation. Probably, in any case,
this will not go very far; we may not be able to do more than to see some figure or face. But in any case, I
want you two gentlemen to give me your word that you will attempt no violence. Anything in the nature of
seizing the figure may have very disastrous results indeed to myself. You understand that what you will see,
if you see anything, will not be actual flesh or blood; it will be formed of a certain matter of which we
understand very little at present, but which is at any rate intimately connected with myself or with someone
present. Really we know no more of it than that. We are all of us inquirers equally. Now will you gentlemen
give me your words of honour that you will obey me in this; and that in all other matters you will follow the
directions of . . . (he glanced at the two ladies)"of Mrs. Stapleton, and do nothing without her consent?
He spoke in a brisk, matteroffact way, and looked keenly from face to face of the two men as he ended.
"I give you my word," said Laurie.
"Yes; just so," said Mr. Jamieson.
"Now there is one matter more," went on the medium. "Mr. Baxter, you are aware that you are a sensitive of a
very high order. Now I do not wish you to pass into trance tonight. Kindly keep your attention fixed upon
me steadily. Watch me closely: you will be able to see me quite well enough, as I shall explain presently.
Mrs. Stapleton will sit with her back to the fire, Lady Laura opposite, Mr. Jamieson with his back to the
cabinet, and you, Mr. Baxter, facing it. (Yes, Mr. Jamieson, you may turn round freely, so long as you keep
your hands upon the table.) Now, if you feel anything resembling sleep or unconsciousness coming upon you
irresistibly, Mr. Baxter, I wish you just lightly to tap Mrs. Stapleton's hand. She will then, if necessary, break
up the circle. Give the signal directly you feel the sensation is really coming on, or if you find it very difficult
to keep your attention fixed. You will do this?"
"I will do it," said Laurie.
"Then that is really all."
He moved a step away from the fire. Then he paused.
"By the way, I may as well just tell you our methods. I shall take my place within the cabinet, drawing the
curtains partly across at the top so as to shade my face. But you will be able to see the whole of my body, and
probably even my face as well, You four will please to sit at the table in the order I have indicated, with your
hands resting upon it. You will not speak unless you are spoken to, or until Mrs. Stapleton gives the signal.
That is all. You then wait. Now it may be ten minutes, half an hour, an houranything up to two hours
before anything happens. If there is no result, Mrs. Stapleton will break up the circle at eleven o'clock, and
awaken me if necessary."
He broke off.
"Kindly just examine the cabinet and the whole room first, gentlemen. We mediums must protect ourselves."
He smiled genially and nodded to the two.
Laurie went straight across the open floor to the cabinet. It was raised on four feet, about twelve inches from
the ground. Heavy green curtains hung from a bar within. Laurie took these, and ran them to and fro; then he
went into the cabinet. It was entirely empty except for a single board that formed the seat. As he came out he
encountered the awestruck face of the clergyman who had followed him in dead silence, and now went into
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 77
Page No 80
the cabinet after him. Laurie passed round behind: the little room was empty except for the piano at the back,
and two low bookshelves on either side of the fireless hearth. The window looking presumably into the
garden was shuttered from top to bottom, and barred, and the curtains were drawn back so that it could be
seen. A cat could not have hidden in the place. It was all perfectly satisfactory.
He came back to where the others were standing silent, and the clergyman followed him.
"You are satisfied, gentlemen?" said the medium, smiling.
"Perfectly," said Laurie, and the clergyman bowed.
"Well, then," said the other, "it is close upon nine."
He indicated the chairs, and himself went past towards the cabinet, his heavy step making the room vibrate as
he went. As he came near the door, he fumbled with the button, and all the lights but one went out.
The four sat down. Laurie watched Mr. Vincent step up into the cabinet, jerk the curtains this way and that,
and at last sit easily back, in such a way that his face could be seen in a kind of twilight, and the rest of his
body perfectly visible.
Then silence came down upon the room.
II
The cat of the next house decided to go awalking after an excellent supper of herringheads. He had an
appointment with a friend. So he cleaned himself carefully on the landing outside the pantry, evaded a couple
of caresses from the young footman lately come from the country, and finally leapt on the window sill, and
sat there regarding the back garden, the smoky wall beyond seen in the light of the pantry window, and the
chimney pots high and forbidding against the luminous night sky. His tail moved with a soft ominous
sinuousness as he looked.
Presently he climbed cautiously out beneath the sash, gathered himself for a spring, and the next instant was
seated on the boundary wall between his own house and that of Lady Laura's.
Here again he paused. That which served him for a mind, that mysterious bundle of intuitions and instincts by
which he reckoned time, exchanged confidences, and arranged experiences, informed him that the night was
yet young, and that his friend would not yet be arrived. He sat there so still and so long, that if it had not been
for his resolute head and the blunt spires of his ears, he would have appeared to an onlooker below as no
more than a humpy finial on an otherwise regularly built wall. Now and again the last inch of his tail twitched
slightly, like an independent member, as he contemplated his thoughts.
Overhead the last glimmer of day was utterly gone, and in the place of it the mysterious glow of night over a
city hung high and luminous. He, a townbred cat, descended from generations of townbred cats, listened
passively to the gentle roar of traffic that stood, to him, for the running of brooks and the sighing of forest
trees. It was to him the auditory background of adventure, romance, and bitter war.
The energy of life ran strong in his veins and sinews. Once and again as that, which was for him imaginative
vision and anticipation, asserted itself, he crisped his strong claws into the crumbling mortar, shooting them,
by an unconscious muscular action, from the padded sheaths in which they lay. Once a furious yapping
sounded from a lighted window far beneath; but he scorned to do more than turn a slow head in the direction
of it: then once more he resumed his watch.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 78
Page No 81
The time came at last, conveyed to him as surely as by a punctual clock, and he rose noiselessly to his feet.
Then again he paused, and stretched first one strong foreleg and then the other to its furthest reach, shooting
again his claws, conscious with a faint sense of wellbeing of those tightlystrung muscles rippling beneath
his loose striped skin. They would be in action presently. And, as he did so, there looked over the parapet six
feet above him, at the top of the trellis up which presently he would ascend, another resolute little head and
bluntspired cars, and a soft indescribable voice spoke a gentle insult. It was his friend . . . and, he knew well
enough, on some high ridge in the background squatted a young female beauty, with flattened ears and
waving tail, awaiting the caresses of the victor.
As he saw the head above him, to human eyes a shapeless silhouette, to his eyes a greypencilled picture
perfect in all its details, he paused in his stretching. Then he sat back, arranged his tail, and lifted his head to
answer. The cry that came from him, not yet fortissimo, sounded in human ears beneath no more than a soft
brokenhearted wail, but to him who sat above it surpassed in insolence even his own carefully modulated
offensiveness.
Again the other answered, this time lifting himself to his full height, sending a message along the nerves of
his back that prickled his own skin and passed out along the tail with an exquisite ripple of movement. And
once more came the answer from below.
So the preliminary challenge went on. Already in the voice of each there had begun to show itself that faint
note of hysteria that culminates presently in a scream of anger and a torrent of spits, leading again in their
turn to an ominous silence and the first fierce clawing blows at eyes and ears. In another instant the watcher
above would recoil for a moment as the swift rush was made up the trellis, and then the battle would be
joined: but that instant never came. There fell a sudden silence; and he, peering down into the grey gloom,
chin on paws, and tail twitching eighteen inches behind, saw an astonishing sight. His adversary had broken
off in the midst of a long crescendo cry, and was himself crouched flat upon the narrow wall staring now not
upwards, but downwards, diagonally, at a certain curtained window eight feet below.
This was all very unusual and contrary to precedent. A dog, a human hand armed with a missile, a furious
minatory face these things were not present to account for the breach of etiquette. Vaguely he perceived
this, conscious only of inexplicability; but he himself also ceased, and watched for developments.
Very slowly they came at first. That crouching body beneath was motionless now; even the tail had ceased to
twitch and hung limply behind, dripping over the edge of the narrow wall into the unfathomable pit of the
garden; and as the watcher stared, he felt himself some communication of the horror so apparent in the other's
attitude. Along his own spine, from neck to flank, ran the paralysing nervous movement; his own tail ceased
to move; his own ears drew back instinctively, flattening themselves at the sides of the square strong head.
There was a movement near by, and he turned quick eyes to see the lithe young love of his heart stepping
softly into her place beside him.
When he turned again his adversary had vanished.
Yet he still watched. Still there was no sound from the window at which the other had stared just now: no
oblong of light shone out into the darkness to explain that sudden withdrawal from the fray.
All was as silent as it had been just now; on all sides windows were closed; now and then came a human
voice, just a word or two, spoken and answered from one of those pits beneath, and the steady rumble of
traffic went on far away across the roofs; but here, in the immediate neighbourhood, all was at peace. He
knew well enough the window in question; he had leapt himself upon the sill once and again and seen the
foodless waste of floor and carpet and furniture within.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 79
Page No 82
Yet as he watched and waited his own horror grew. That for which in men we have as yet no term was strong
within him, as in every beast that lives by perception rather than reason; and he too by this strange faculty
knew well enough that something was abroad, raying out from that silent curtained unseen window
something of an utterly different order from that of dog or flung shoe and furious vituperationsomething
that affected certain nerves within his body in a new and awful manner. Once or twice in his life he had been
conscious of it before, once in an empty room, once in a room tenanted by a mere outline beneath a sheet and
closed by a locked door.
His heart too seemed melted within him; his tail too hung limply behind the stucco parapet, and he made no
answering movement to the tiny crooning note that sounded once in his ears.
And still the horror grew. . . .
Presently he withdrew one claw from the crumbling edge, raising his head delicately; and then the other. For
an instant longer he waited, feeling his back heave uncontrollably. Then, dropping noiselessly on to the lead,
he fled beneath the sheltering parapet, a noiseless shadow in the gloom; and his mate fled with him.
CHAPTER IX
I
LAURIE turned slowly over in bed, drew a long breath, expelled it, and, releasing his arms from the
bedclothes, sat up. He switched on the light by his bed, glanced at his watch, switched off the light, and
sank down again into the sheets. He need not get up just yet.
Then he remembered.
When an event of an entirely new order comes into experience, it takes a little time to be assimilated. It is as
when a large piece of furniture is brought into a room; all the rest of the furniture takes upon itself a different
value. A picture that did very well up to then over the fireplace must perhaps be moved. Values, relations,
and balance all require readjustment.
Now up to last night Laurie had indeed been convinced, in one sense, of spiritualistic phenomena; but they
had not yet for him reached the point of significance when they affected everything else. The new sideboard,
so to speak, had been brought into the room, but it had been put temporarily against the wall in a vacant space
to be looked at; the owner of the room had not yet realised the necessity of rearranging the whole. But last
night something had happened that changed all this. He was now beginning to perceive the need of a
complete review of everything.
As he lay there, quiet indeed, but startlingly alert, he first reviewed the single fact.
About an hour or so had passed away before anything particular happened. They had sat there, those four, in
complete silence, their hands upon the table, occasionally shifting a little, hearing the sound of one another's
breathing or the faint rustle of one of the ladies' dresses, in sufficient light from the screened fire and the
single heavily shaded electric burner to recognise faces, and even, after the first few minutes, to distinguish
small objects, or to read large print.
For the most part Laurie had kept his eyes upon the medium in the cabinet. There the man had leaned back,
plainly visible for the most part, with even the paleness of his face and the dark blot of his beard clearly
discernible in the twilight. Now and then the boy's eyes had wandered to the other faces, to the young
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 80
Page No 83
clergyman's opposite downcast and motionless, with a sort of apprehensive look and a determination not to
give way to the threequarter profiles of the two women, and the gleam of the pincenez below Lady
Laura's frizzed hair.
So he had sat, the thoughts at first racing through his brain, then, as time went on, moving more and more
slowly, with his own brain becoming ever more passive, until at last he had been compelled to make a little
effort against the drowsiness that had begun to envelop him. He had had to do this altogether three or four
times, and had even begun to wonder whether he should be able to resist much longer, when a sudden
trembling of the table had awakened him, alert and conscious in a moment, and he had sat with every faculty
violently attentive to what should follow.
That trembling was a curious sensation beneath his hands. At first it was no more than might be caused by the
passing of a heavy van in the street; only there was no van. But it had increased, with spasms and recoils, till
it resembled a continuous shudder as of a living rigid body. It began also to tilt slightly this way and that.
Now all this, Laurie knew well, meant nothing at allor rather, it need not. And when the movement passed
again through all the reverse motions, sinking at last into complete stillness, he was conscious of
disappointment. A moment later, however, as he glanced up again at the medium in the cabinet, he drew his
breath sharply, and Mr. Jamieson, at the sound, wheeled his head swiftly to look.
There, in the cabinet, somewhere overhead behind the curtain, a faint but perfectly distinct radiance was
visible. It was no more than a diffused glimmer, but it was unmistakable, and it shone out faintly and clearly
upon the medium's face. By its light Laurie could make out every line and every feature, the drooping clipped
moustache, the strong jutting nose, the lines from nostril to mouth, and the closed eyes. As he watched the
light deepened in intensity, seeming to concentrate itself in the hidden corner at the top. Then, with a smooth,
steady motion it emerged into full sight, in appearance like a softly luminous globe of a pale bluish colour,
undefined at the edges, floating steadily forward with a motion like that of an air balloon, out into the room.
Once outside the cabinet it seemed to hesitate, hanging at about the height of a man's headthen, after an
instant, it retired once more, reentered the cabinet, disappeared in the direction from which it had come, and
once more died out.
Well, there it had been; there was no doubt about it. . . . And Laurie was unacquainted with any mechanism
that could produce it.
The clergyman too had seemed affected. He had watched, with turnedback head, the phenomenon from
beginning to end, and at the close, with a long indrawing of breath, had looked once at Laurie, licked his dry
lips with a motion that was audible in that profound silence, and once more dropped his eyes. The ladies had
been silent, and all but motionless throughout.
Well, the rest had happened comparatively quickly.
Once more, after the lapse of a few minutes, the radiance had begun to reform; but this time it had emerged
almost immediately, diffused and misty like a nebula; had hung again before the cabinet, and then, with a
strange, gently whirling motion, had seemed to arrange itself in lines and curves.
Gradually, as he stared at it, it had begun to take the shape and semblance of a head, swathed in drapery, with
that same drapery, hanging, as it appeared in folds, dripping downwards to the ground, where it lost itself in
vagueness. Then, as he still stared, conscious of nothing but the amazing fact, features appeared to be
formingfirst blots and lines as of shadow, finally eyes, nose, mouth, and chin as of a young girl. . . .
A moment later there was no longer a doubt. It was the face of Amy Nugent that was looking at him, grave
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 81
Page No 84
and steadyas when he had seen it in the moonlight above the sluiceand behind, seen half through the
strange drapery, and half apart from it, a couple of feet behind, the face of the sleeping medium.
At that sight he had not moved nor spoken. it was enough that the fact was there. Every power he possessed
was concentrated in the one effort of observation. . . .
He heard from somewhere a gasping sigh, and there rose up between him and the face the figure of the
clergyman, with his head turned back staring at the apparition, and one hand only on the table, yet with that
hand so heavy upon it that the whole table shuddered with his shudder.
There was a movement on the left, and he heard a fierce feminine whisper
"Sit down, sir; sit down this instant. . . ."
When the clergyman had again sunk down into his seat with that same strong shudder, the luminous face was
already incoherent; the features had relapsed again into blots and shadows, the drapery was absorbing itself
upwards into the centre from which it came. Once more the nebula trembled, moved backwards, and
disappeared. The next instant the radiance went out, as if turned off by a switch. The medium groaned gently
and awoke.
Well, that had ended it. Laurie scarcely remembered the talking that followed, the explanations, the
apologies, the hardly concealed terror of the young clergyman. The medium had come out presently, dazed
and confused. They had talked . . . and so forth. Then Laurie had come home, still trying to assimilate the
amazing fact, of which he said that it could make no differencethat he had seen with his own eyes the face
of Amy Nugent four months after her death.
Now here he was in bed on the following morning, trying to assimilate it once more.
It seemed to him as if sleep had done its workthat the subconscious intelligence had been able to take the
fact in and that henceforth it was an established thing in his experience. He was not excited now, but he
was intensely and overwhelmingly interested. There the thing was. Now what difference did it make?
First, he understood that it made an enormous difference to the value of the most ordinary things. It really
was trueas true as tables and chairsthat there was a life after this, and that personality survived. Never
again could he doubt that for one instant, even in the gloomiest mood. So long as a man walks by faith, by the
acceptance of authority, human or Divine, there is always psychologically possible the assertion of self, the
instinct that what one has not personally experienced may just conceivably be untrue. But when one has
seenso long as memory does not disappearthis agnostic instinct is an impossibility. Every single act
therefore has a new significance. There is no venture about it any more; there is, indeed, very little
opportunity for heroism. Once it is certain, by the evidence of the senses, that death is just an interlude, this
life becomes merely part of a long process. . . .
Now as to the conduct of that lifewhat of religion? And here, for a moment or two, Laurie was genuinely
dismayed. For, as he looked at the Catholic religion, he perceived that the whole thing had changed. It no
longer seemed august and dominant. As he contemplated himself as he had been at Mass on the previous
morning, he seemed to have been rather absurd. Why all this trouble, all this energy, all these innumerable
acts and efforts of faith? It was not that his religion seemed necessarily untrue; it was certainly possible for a
man to hold simultaneously Catholic and spiritualistic beliefs; there had not been a hint last night against
Christianity, and yet, in the face of this evidence of the senses, Catholicism seemed a very shadowy thing. It
might well be true, as any philosophy may be true, butdid it matter very much? To be enthusiastic about it
was the frenzy of an artist, who loves the portrait more than the originaland possibly a very misleading and
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 82
Page No 85
inadequate portrait. Laurie had seen for himself the original last night; he had seen a disembodied soul in a
garb assumed for the purpose of identification. . . . Did he need, then, a "religion?" Was not his experience
allsufficing? . . .
Then suddenly all speculation fled away in the presence of the personal element.
Three days ago he had contemplated the thought of Amy with comparative indifference. She had been to him
lately little more than a "test case" of the spiritual world, clothed about with the memory of sentiment. Now
once more she sprang into vivid vital life as a person. She was not lost; his relations with her were not just
incidents of the past; they were as much bound up with the present as courtship has a continuity with married
life. She existedher very selfand communication was possible between them. . . .
Laurie rolled over on to his back. The thought was violently overwhelming; there was a furious, absorbing
fascination in it. The gulf had been bridged; it could be bridged again. Even if tales were true, it could be
bridged far more securely yet. It was possible that the phantom he had seen could be brought yet more
forward into the world of sense, that he could touch again with his very hand a tabernacle enclosing her soul.
So far spiritualism had not failed him; why should he suspect it of failure in the future? It had been done
before; it could, and should, be done again. Besides, there was the pencil incident. . . .
He threw off the clothes and sprang out of bed. It was time to get up; time to begin again this fascinating,
absorbingly interesting earthly life, which now had such enormous possibilities.
II
The rooms of Mr. James Morton were conveniently situated up four flights of stairs in one of those blocks of
buildings, so mysterious to the layman, that lie not a very long way from Charing Cross. There is a silence
always here as of college life, and the place is frequented by the same curious selections from the human race
as haunt University courts. Here are to be seen cooks, aged and dignified men, errandboys, and rather
shabby old women.
The interior of the rooms, too, is not unlike that of an ordinary rather secondrate college; and Mr. James
Morton's taste did not redeem the chambers in which he sat. From roof to floor the particular apartment in
which he sat was lined with bookshelves filled with unprepossessing volumes and large black tin boxes. A
large table stood in the middle of the room, littered with papers, with bulwarks of the same kind of tin boxes
rising at either end.
Mr. Morton himself was a squarebuilt man of some forty years, cleanshaven, and rather pale and stout,
with strongly marked features, a good loud voice, and the pleasant, brusque manners that befit a University
and public school man who has taken seriously to business.
Laurie and he got on excellently together. The younger man had an admiration for the older, whose reputation
as a rather distinguished barrister certainly deserved it, and was sufficiently in awe of him to pay attention to
his directions in all matters connected with law. But they did not meet much on other planes. Laurie had
asked the other down to Stantons once, and had dined with him three or four times in return. And there their
acquaintance found its limitations.
This morning, however, the boy's interested air, with its hints of suppressed excitement and his marked
inattention to the books and papers which were his business, at last caused the older man to make a remark. It
was in his best manner.
"What's the matter, eh?" he suddenly shot at him, without prelude of any kind.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 83
Page No 86
Laurie's attention came back with a jump, and he flushed a little.
"Oh!ernothing particular," he murmured. And he set himself down to his books again in silence,
conscious of the watchful roving eye on the other side of the table.
About halfpast twelve Mr. Morton shut his own book with a slap, leaned back, and began to fill his pipe.
"Nothing seems very important," he said.
As the last uttered word had been spoken an hour previously, Laurie was bewildered, and looked it.
"It won't do, Baxter," went on the other. "You haven't turned a page an hour this morning."
Laurie smiled doubtfully, and leaned back too. Then he had a spasm of confidence.
"Yes. I'm rather upset this morning," he said. "The fact is, last night . . ."
Mr. Morton waited.
"Well?" he said. "Oh! don't tell if me you don't want to."
Laurie looked at him.
"I wonder what you'd say," he said at last.
The other got up with an abrupt movement, pushed his books together, selected a hat, and put it on.
"I'm going to lunch," he said. "Got to be in the Courts at two; and . . ."
"Oh! wait a minute," said Laurie. "I think I want to tell you."
"Well, make haste." He stood, in attitude to go.
"What do you think of spiritualism?"
"Blasted rot," said Mr. Morton. "Anything more I can do for you?"
"Do you know anything about it?"
"No. Don't want to. Is that all?"
"Well, look here;" said Laurie. . . . "Oh! sit down for two minutes."
Then he began. He described carefully his experiences of the night before, explaining so much as was
necessary of antecedent events. The other during the course of it tilted his hat back, and half leaned, half sat
against a sidetable, watching the boy at first with a genial contempt, and finally with the same curious
interest that one gives to a man with a new disease.
"Now, what d'you make of that?" ended Laurie, flushed and superb.
"D'you want to know?" came after a short silence.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 84
Page No 87
Laurie nodded.
"What I said at the beginning, then."
"What?"
"Blasted rot," said Mr. Morton again.
Laurie frowned sharply, and affected to put his books together.
"Of course, if you take it like that," he said. "But I don't know what respect you can possibly have for any
evidence, if . . ."
"My dear chap, that isn't evidence. No evidence in the world could make me believe that the earth was upside
down. These things don't happen."
"Then how do you explain . . . ?"
"I don't explain," said Mr. Morton. "The thing's simply not worth looking into. If you really saw that, you're
either mad or else there was a trick. . . . Now come along to lunch."
"But I'm not the only one," cried Laurie hotly.
"No, indeed you're not. . . . Look here, Baxter, that sort of thing plays the devil with nerves. Just drop it once
and for all. I knew a chap once who went in for all that. Well, the end was what everybody knew would
happen. . . ."
"Yes?" said Laurie.
"Went off his chump," said the other briefly. "Nasty mess all over the floor. Now come to lunch."
"Wait a second. You can't argue from particulars to universals. Was he the only one you ever knew?"
The other paused a moment.
"No," he said. "As it happens, he wasn't. I knew another chap he's a solicitor. . . . Oh! by the way, he's one
of your people a Catholic, I mean."
"Well, what about him?"
"Oh! he's all right," admitted Mr. Morton, with a grudging air. "But he gave it up and took to religion
instead."
"Yes? What's his name?"
"Cathcart."
He glanced up at the clock.
"Good Lord," he said, "ten to one."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 85
Page No 88
Then he was gone.
Laurie was far too exalted to be much depressed by this counsel's opinion; and had, indeed, several minutes
of delightful meditation on the crass complacency of a clever man when taken off his ground. It was
deplorable, he said to himself, that men should be so content with their limitations. But it was always the
way, he reflected. To be a specialist in one point involved the pruning of all growth on every other. Here was
Morton, almost in the front rank of his particular subject, and, besides, very far from being a bookworm; yet,
when taken an inch out of his rut, he could do nothing but flounder. He wondered what Morton would make
of these things if he saw them himself.
In the course of the afternoon Morton himself turned up again. The case had ended unexpectedly soon. Laurie
waited till the closing of the shutters offered an opportunity for a break in the work, and once more returned
to the charge.
"Morton," he said, "I wish you'd come with me one day."
The other looked up.
"Eh?"
"To see for yourself what I told you."
Mr. Morton snorted abruptly.
"Lord!" he said, "I thought we'd done with that. No, thank you: Egyptian Hall's all I need."
Laurie sighed elaborately.
"Oh! of course, if you won't face facts, one can't expect . . ."
"Look here, Baxter," said the other almost kindly, "I advise you to give this up. It plays the very devil with
nerves, as I told you. Why, you're as jumpy as a cat yourself. And it isn't worth it. If there was anything in it,
why it would be another thing; but . . ."
"I . . . I wouldn't give it up for all the world," stammered Laurie in his zeal. "You simply don't know what
you're talking about. Why . . . why, I'm not a fool . . . I know that. And do you think I'm ass enough to be
taken in by a trick? And as if a trick could be played like that in a drawingroom! I tell you I examined every
inch. . . ."
"Look here," said Morton, looking curiously at the boyfor there was something rather impressive about
Laurie's manner "look here; you'd better see old Cathcart. Know him? . . . Well, I'll introduce you any
time. He'll tell you another tale. Of course, I don't believe all the rot he talks; but, at any rate, he's sensible
enough to have given it all up. Says he wouldn't touch it with a pole. And he was rather a big bug at it in his
time, I believe."
Laurie sneered audibly.
"Got frightened, I suppose," he said. "Of course, I know well enough that it's rather startling"
"My dear man, he was in the thick of it for ten years. I'll acknowledge his stories are hairraising, if one
believed them; but then, you see"
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 86
Page No 89
"What's his address?"
Morton jerked his head towards the directories in the bookshelf.
"Find him there," he said. "I'll give you an introduction if you want it. Though, mind you, I think he talks as
much rot as anyone"
"What does he say?"
"Lord!I don't know. Some theory or other. But, at any rate, he's given it up."
Laurie pursed his lips.
"I daresay I'll ask you some time," he said. "Meanwhile"
"Meanwhile, for the Lord's sake, get on with that business you've got there."
Mr. Morton was indeed, as Laurie had reflected, extraordinarily uninterested in things outside his beat; and
his beat was not a very extended one. He was a quite admirable barrister, competent, alert, merciless and
kindly at the proper times, and, while at his business, thought of hardly anything else at all. And when he was
not at his business, he threw himself with equal zest into two or three other occupations golf, dining out,
and the collection of a particular kind of chairs. Beyond these things there was for him really nothing of
value.
But, owing to circumstances, his beat had been further extended to include Laurie Baxter, whom he was
beginning to like extremely. There was an air of romance about Laurie, a pleasant enthusiasm, excellent
manners, and a rather delightful faculty of heroworship. Mr. Morton himself, too, while possessing nothing
even resembling a religion, was, like many other people, not altogether unattracted towards those who had,
though he thought religiousness to be a sign of a slightly incompetent character; and he rather liked Laurie's
Catholicism, such as it was. It must be rather pleasant, he considered (when he considered it at all), to believe
"all that," as he would have said.
So this new phase of Laurie's interested him far more than he would have allowed, so soon as he became
aware that it was not merely superficial; and, indeed, Laurie's constant return to the subject, as well as his air
of enthusiastic conviction, soon convinced him that this was so.
Further, after a week or two, he became aware that the young man's work was suffering; and he heard from
his lips the expression of certain views that seemed to the elder man extremely unhealthy.
For example, on a Friday evening, not much afterwards, as Laurie was putting his books together, Mr.
Morton asked him where he was going to spend the weekend.
"Stopping in town," said the boy briefly.
"Oh! I'm going to my brother's cottage. Care to come? Afraid there's no Catholic church near."
Laurie smiled.
"That wouldn't deter me," he said. "I've made up my mind"
"Yes?"
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 87
Page No 90
"Oh, it doesn't matter," said Laurie. "Nothanks awfully, but I've got to stop in town."
"Lady Laura's again?"
"Yes."
"Same old game?"
Laurie sat down.
"Look here," he said, "I know you don't mean anything; but I wish you'd understand."
"Well?"
The boy's face flushed with sudden nervous enthusiasm.
"Do you understand," he said, "that this is just everything to me? Do you know it's beginning to seem to me
just the only thing that matters? I'm quite aware that you think it all the most utter bunkum; but, you see, I
know it's true. And the whole thing is just like heaven opening. . . . Look here . . . I didn't tell you half the
other day. The fact is, that I was just as much in love with this girl asas a man could be. She died; and
now"
"Look here, what were you up to last Sunday?"
Laurie quieted a little.
"You wouldn't understand," he said.
"Have you done any more of that business?"
"What business?"
"Wellthinking you saw her All right, seeing her, if you like."
The boy shook his head.
"No. Vincent's away in Ireland. We've been going on other lines."
"Tell me; I swear I won't laugh."
"All right; I don't care if you do. . . . Well, automatic handwriting."
"What's that?"
Laurie hesitated.
"Well, I go into trance, you see, and"
"Good Lord, what next?"
"And then this girl writes through my hand," said Laurie deliberately, "when I'm unconscious. See?"
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 88
Page No 91
"I see you're a damned young fool," said Morton seriously.
"But if it's all rot, as you think?"
"Of course it's all rot! Do you think I believe for one instant" He broke off. "And so's a nervous
breakdown all rot, isn't it, and D.T.? They aren't real snakes, you know."
Laurie smiled in a superior manner.
"And you're getting yourself absorbed in all this"
Laurie looked at him with a sudden flash of fanaticism.
"I tell you," he said, "that it's all the world to me. And so would it be to you, if"
"Oh, Lord! don't become Salvation Army. . . . Seen Cathcart yet?"
"No. I haven't the least wish to see Cathcart."
Morton rose, put his pens in the drawer, locked it; slid half a dozen papers into a black tin box, locked that
too, and went towards his coat and hat, all in silence.
As he went out he turned on the threshold.
"When's that man coming back from Ireland?" he said.
"Who? Vincent? Oh! another month yet. We're going to have another try when he comes."
"Try? What at?"
"Materialisation," said Laurie. "That's to say"
"I don't want to know what the foul thing means."
He still paused, looking hard at the boy. Then he sniffed.
"A young fool," he said. "I repeat it. . . . Lock up when you come. . . . Good night."
CHAPTER X
I
MRS. BAXTER possessed one of the two secrets of serenity. The other need not be specified; but hers arose
from the most pleasant and most human form of narrowmindedness. As has been said before, when things did
not fit with her own scheme, either they were not things, but only fancies of somebody inconsiderable, or else
she resolutely disregarded them. She had an opportunity of testing her serenity on one day early in February.
She rose as usual at a fixed houreight o'clockand when she was ready knelt down at her prieDieu. This
was quite an elaborate structure, far more elaborate than the devotions offered there. It was a very beautiful
inlaid Florentine affair, and had a little shelf above it filled with a number of the little leatherbound books in
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 89
Page No 92
which her soul delighted. She did not use these books very much; but she liked to see them there. It would
not be decent to enter the sanctuary of Mrs. Baxter's prayers; it is enough to say that they were not very long.
Then she rose from her knees, left her large comfortable bedroom, redolent with soap and hot water, and
came downstairs, a beautiful slender little figure in black lace veil and rich dress, through the sunlight of the
staircase, into the dining room.
There she took up her letters and packets. They were not exciting. There was an unimportant note from a
friend, a couple of bills, and a Bon Marché catalogue; and she scrutinised these through her spectacles, sitting
by the fire. When she had done she noticed a letter lying by Maggie's place, directed in a masculine hand. An
instant later Maggie came in herself, in her hat and furs, a charming picture, fresh from the winter sunlight
and air, and kissed her.
While Mrs. Baxter poured out tea she addressed a remark or two to the girl, but only got back those vague
inattentive murmurs that are the sign of a distracted mind; and, looking up presently with a sense of injury,
noticed that Maggie was reading her letter with extraordinary diligence.
"My dear, I am speaking to you," said Mrs. Baxter, with an air of slightly humorous dignity.
"ErI am sorry," murmured Maggie, and continued reading.
Mrs. Baxter put out her hand for the Bon Marché catalogue in order to drive home her sense of injury, and
met Maggie's eyes, suddenly raised to meet her own, with a curious strained look in them.
"Darling, what is the matter?"
Maggie still stared at her a moment, as if questioning both herself and the other, and finally handed the letter
across with an abrupt movement.
"Read it," she said.
It was rather a business to read it. It involved spectacles, a pushing aside of a plate, and a slight turning to
catch the light. Mrs. Baxter read it, and handed it back, making three or four times the sound written as "Tut."
"The tiresome boy!" she said querulously, but without alarm.
"What are we to do? You see, Mr. Morton thinks we ought to do something. He mentions a Mr. Cathcart."
Mrs. Baxter reached out for the toastrack.
"My dear, there's nothing to be done. You know what Laurie is. It'll only make him worse."
Maggie looked at her uneasily.
"I wish we could do something," she said.
"My dear, he'd have written to meMr. Morton, I meanif Laurie had been really unwell. You see he only
says he doesn't attend to his work as he ought."
Maggie took up the letter, put it carefully back into the envelope, and went on with breakfast. There was
nothing more to be said just then.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 90
Page No 93
But she was uneasy, and after breakfast went out into the garden, spud in hand, to think it all over, with the
letter in her pocket.
Certainly the letter was not alarming per se, but per accidensthat is to say, taking into account who it was
that had written, she was not so sure. She had met Mr. Morton but once, and had formed of him the kind of
impression that a girl would form of such a man in the hours of a weekenda brusque, ordinary kind of
barrister without much imagination and a good deal of shrewd force. It was surely rather an extreme step for
a man like this to write to a girl in such a condition of things, asking her to use her influence to dissuade
Laurie from his present course of life. Plainly the man meant what he said; he had not written to Mrs. Baxter,
as he explained in the letter, for fear of alarming her unduly, and, as he expressly said, there was nothing to
be alarmed about. Yet he had written.
Maggie stopped at the lower end of the orchard path, took out the letter, and read the last three or four
sentences again:
"Please forgive me if you think it was unnecessary to write. Of course I have no doubt whatever that the
whole thing is nothing but nonsense; but even nonsense can have a bad effect, and Mr. Baxter seems to me to
be far too much wrapt up in it. I enclose the address of a friend of mine in case you would care to write to
him on the subject. He was once a Spiritualist, and is now a devout Catholic. He takes a view of it that I do
not take; but at any rate his advice could do no harm. You can trust him to be absolutely discreet.
"Believe me,
"Yours sincerely,
"JAMES MORTON."
It really was very odd and unconventional; and Mr. Morton had not seemed at all an odd or unconventional
person. He mentioned, too, a particular date, February 25, as the date by which the medium would have
returned, and some sort of further effort was going to be made; but he did not attempt to explain this, nor did
Maggie understand it. It only seemed to her rather sinister and unpleasant.
She turned over the page, and there was the address he had mentioneda Mr. Cathcart. Surely he did not
expect her to write to this stranger. . . .
She walked up and down with her spud for another halfhour before she could come to any conclusion.
Certainly she agreed with Mr. James Morton that the whole thing was nonsense; yet, further, that this
nonsense was capable of doing a good deal of harm to an excitable person. Besides, Laurie obviously had a
bad conscience about it, or he would have mentioned it.
She caught sight of Mrs. Baxter presently through the thick hedge, walking with her dainty, dignified step
along the paths of the kitchen garden; and a certain impatience seized her at the sight. This boy's mother was
so annoyingly serene. Surely it was her business, rather than Maggie's own, to look after Laurie; yet the girl
knew perfectly well that if Laurie was left to his mother nothing at all would be done. Mrs. Baxter would
deplore it all, of course, gently and tranquilly, in Laurie's absence, and would, perhaps, if she were hard
pressed, utter a feeble protest even in his presence; and that was absolutely all. . . .
"Maggie! Maggie!" came the gentle old voice, calling presently; and then to some unseen person, "Have you
seen Miss Deronnais anywhere?"
Maggie put the letter in her pocket and hurried through from the orchard.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 91
Page No 94
"Yes?" she said, with a half hope.
"Come in, my dear, and tell me what you think of those new teacups in the Bon Marché catalogue," said the
old lady. "There seem some beautiful new designs, and we want another set."
Maggie bowed to the inevitable. But as they passed up the garden her resolution was precipitated.
"Can you let me go by twelve," she said. "I rather want to see Father Mahon about something."
"My dear, I shall not keep you three minutes," protested the old lady.
And they went in to talk for an hour and threequarters.
II
Father Mahon was a conscientious priest. He said his mass at eight o'clock; he breakfasted at nine; he
performed certain devotions till halfpast ten; read the paper till eleven, and theology till twelve. Then he
considered himself at liberty to do what he liked till his dinner at one. (The rest of his day does not concern us
just now.)
He, too, was looking round his garden this morninga fine, solid figure of a man, in rather baggy trousers,
short coat, and expansive waistcoat, with every button doing its duty. He too, like Mr. James Morton, had his
beat, an even narrower one than the barrister's, and even better trodden, for he never strayed off it at all,
except for four short weeks in the summer, when he hurried across to Ireland and got up late, and went on
picnics with other ecclesiastics in straw hats, and joined in cheerful songs in the evening. He was a priest,
with perfectly defined duties, and of admirable punctuality and conscientiousness in doing them. He disliked
the English quite extraordinarily; but his sense of duty was such that they never suspected it; and his flock of
Saxons adored him as people only can adore a brisk, businesslike man with a large heart and peremptory
ways, who is their guide and father, and is perfectly aware of it. His sermons consisted of coldcut blocks of
dogma taken perseveringly from sermon outlines and served up Sunday by Sunday with a sauce of a slight
and delightful brogue. He could never have kindled the Thames, nor indeed any river at all, but he could
bridge them with solid stones; and this is, perhaps, even more desirable.
Maggie had begun by disliking him. She had thought him rather coarse and stupid; but she had changed her
mind. He was not what may be called subtle; he had no patience at all with such things as scruples, nuances,
and shades of tone and meaning; but if you put a plain question to him plainly, he gave you a plain answer, if
he knew it; if not, he looked it up then and there; and that is always a relief in this intricate world. Maggie
therefore did not bother him much; she went to him only on plain issues; and he respected and liked her
accordingly.
"Good morning, my child," he said in his loud, breezy voice, as he came in to find her in his hideous little
sittingroom. "I hope you don't mind the smell of tobaccosmoke."
The room indeed reeked; he had started a cigar, according to rule, as the clock struck twelve, and had left it
just now upon a stump outside when his housekeeper had come to announce a visitor.
"Not in the least, thanks, father. . . . May I sit down? It's rather a long business, I'm afraid."
The priest pulled out an armchair covered with horsehair and an antimacassar.
"Sit down, my child."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 92
Page No 95
Then he sat down himself, opposite her, in his trousers at once tight and baggy, with his rather large boots
cocked one over the other, and his genial red face smiling at her.
"Now then," he said.
"It's not about myself, father," she began rather hurriedly. "It's about Laurie Baxter. May I begin at the
beginning?"
He nodded. He was not sorry to hear something about this boy, whom he didn't like at all, but for whom he
knew himself at least partly responsible. The English were bad enough, but English converts were
indescribably trying; and Laurie had been on his mind lately, he scarcely knew why.
Then Maggie began at the beginning, and told the whole thing, from Amy's death down to Mr. Morton's
letter. He put a question or two to her during her story, looking at her with pressed lips, and finally put out his
hand for the letter itself.
"Mrs. Baxter doesn't know what I've come about," said the girl. "You won't give her a hint, will you, father?"
He nodded reassuringly to her, absorbed in the letter, and presently handed it back, with a large smile.
"He seems a sensible fellow," he said.
"Ah! that's what I wanted to ask you, father. I don't know anything at all about spiritualism. Is itis it really
all nonsense? Is there nothing in it at all?"
He laughed aloud.
"I don't think you need be afraid," he said. "Of course we know that souls don't come back like that. They're
somewhere else."
"Then it's all fraud?"
"It's practically all fraud," he said, "but it's very superstitious, and is forbidden by the Church."
This was straight enough. It was at least a clear issue to begin to attack Laurie upon.
"Thenthen that's the evil of it?" she said. "There's no real power underneath? That's what Mr. Rymer said
to Mrs. Baxter; and it's what I've always thought myself."
The priest's face became theological.
"Let's see what Sabetti says," he said. "I fancy"
He turned in his chair and fetched out a volume behind him.
"Here we are. . . ."
He ran his finger down the heavy paragraphs, turned a page or two, and began a running comment and
translation: "`Necromantia ex' . . . `Necromancy arising from invocation of the dead.' . . . Let's see . . . yes,
`Spiritism, or the consulting of spirits in order to know hidden things, especially that pertain to the future life,
certainly is divination properly so called, and is . . . is full of even more impiety than is magnetism, or the use
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 93
Page No 96
of turning tables. The reason is, as the Baltimore fathers testify, that such knowledge must necessarily be
ascribed to Satanic intervention, since in no other manner can it be explained.'"
"Then" began Maggie.
"One moment, my child. . . . Yes . . . just so. `Express divination.' . . . No, no. Ah! here we are, `Tacit
divination, . . . even if it is openly protested that no commerce with the Demon is intended, is per se grave
sin; but it can sometimes be excused from mortal sin, on account of simplicity or ignorance or a lack of
certain faith.' You see, my child"he set the book back in its place"so far as it's not fraud it's diabolical.
And that's an end of it."
"But do you think it's not all fraud, then?" asked the girl, paling a little.
He laughed again, with a resonance that warmed her heart.
"I should pay just no attention to it all. Tell him, if you like, what I've said, and that it's grave sin for him to
play with it; but don't get thinking that the devil's in everything."
Maggie was puzzled.
"Then it's not the devil?" she asked"at least not in this case, you think?"
He smiled again reassuringly.
"I should suspect it was a clever trick," he said. "I don't think Master Laurie's likely to get mixed up with the
devil in that way. There's plenty of easier ways than that."
"Do you think I should write to Mr. Cathcart?"
"Just as you like. He's a convert, isn't he? I believe I've heard his name."
"I think so."
"Well, it wouldn't do any harm; though I should suspect not much good."
Maggie was silent.
"Just tell Master Laurie not to play tricks," said the priest. "He's got a good, sensible friend in Mr. Morton. I
can see that. And don't trouble your head too much about it, my child."
When Maggie was gone, he went out to finish his cigar, and found to his pleasure that it was still alight, and
after a puff or two it went very well.
He thought about his interview for a few minutes as he walked up and down, taking the bright winter air. It
explained a good deal. He had begun to be a little anxious about this boy. It was not that Laurie had actually
neglected his religion while at Stantons; he was always in his place at mass on Sundays, and even, very
occasionally, on weekdays as well. And he had had a mass said for Amy Nugent. But even as far back as the
beginning of the previous year, there had been an air about him not altogether reassuring.
Well, this at any rate was a small commentary on the present situation. . . . (The priest stopped to look at
some bulbs that were coming up in the bed beside him, and stooped, breathing heavily, to smooth the earth
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 94
Page No 97
round one of them with a large finger.) . . . And as for this Spiritualistic nonsenseof course the whole thing
was a trick. Things did not happen like that. Of course the devil could do extraordinary things: or at any rate
had been able to do them in the past; but as for Master Laurie Baxterwhose home was down there in the
hamlet, and who had been at Oxford and was now reading lawas for the thought that this rather superior
Saxon young man was in direct communication with Satan at the present timewell, that needed no
comment but loud laughter.
Yet it was very unwholesome and unhealthy. That was the worst of these converts; they could not be content
with the sober workaday facts of the Catholic creed. They must be always running after some novelty or
other. . . . And it was mortal sin anyhow, if the sinner had the faintest idea
A large dinnerbell pealed from the back door; and the priest went in to roast beef with Yorkshire pudding,
apple dumplings, and a single glass of portwine to end up with.
III
It was strange how Maggie felt steadied and encouraged in the presence of something at least resembling
danger. So long as Laurie was merely tiresome and foolish, she distrusted herself, she made little rules and
resolutions, and deliberately kept herself interiorly detached from him. But now that there was something
definite to look to, her sensitiveness vanished.
As to what that something was, she did not trust herself to decide. Father Mahon had given her a point to
work atthe fact that the thing, as a serious pursuit, was forbidden; as to what the reality behind was,
whether indeed there were any reality at all, she did not allow herself to consider. Laurie was in a state of
nerves sufficiently troublesome to bring a letter from his friend and guide; and he was in that state through
playing tricks on forbidden ground; that was enough.
Her interview with Father Mahon precipitated her halfformed resolution; and after tea she went upstairs to
write to Mr. Cathcart.
It was an unconventional thing to do, but she was sufficiently perturbed to disregard that drawback, and she
wrote a very sensible letter, explaining first who she was; then, without any names being mentioned, she
described her adopted brother's position, and indicated his experiences: she occupied the last page in asking
two or three questions, and begging for general advice.
Mrs. Baxter displayed some symptoms after dinner which the girl recognised well enough. They comprised a
resolute avoidance of Laurie's name, a funny stiff little air of dignity, and a touch of patronage. And the
interpretation of these things was that the old lady did not wish the subject to be mentioned again, and that,
interiorly, she was doing her best ignore and forget it. Maggie felt, again, vaguely comforted; it left her a
freer hand.
She lay awake a long time that night.
Her room was a little square one on the top of the stairs, above the smokingroom where she had that odd
scene with Laurie a month or so before, and looking out upon the yew walk that led to the orchard. It was a
cheerful little place enough, papered in brown, hung all over with water colours, with her bed in one corner;
and it looked a reassuring familiar kind of place in the firelight, as she lay openeyed and thinking.
It was not that she was at all frightened; it was no more than a little natural anxiety; and half a dozen times in
the hour or two that she lay thinking, she turned resolutely over in bed, dismissed the little pictures that her
mind formed in spite of herself, and began to think of pleasant, sane subjects.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 95
Page No 98
But the images recurred. They were no more than little vignettesLaurie talking to a severelooking tall
man with a sardonic smile; Laurie having tea with Mrs. Stapleton; Laurie in an empty room, looking at a
closed door. . . .
It was this last picture that recurred three or four times at the very instant that the girl was drowsing off into
sleep; and it had therefore that particular vividness that characterises the thoughts when the conscious
attention is dormant. It had too a strangely perturbing effect upon her; and she could not imagine why.
After the third return of it her sense of humour came to the rescue: it was too ridiculous, she said, to be
alarmed at an empty room and Laurie's back. Once more she turned on her side, away from the firelight, and
resolved, if it recurred again, to examine the details closely.
Again the moments passed: thought followed thought, in those quiet waves that lull the mind towards sleep;
finally once more the picture was there, clear and distinct.
Yes; she would look at it this time.
It was a bare room, wainscoted round the walls a few inches up, papered beyond in some common palish
pattern. Laurie stood in the centre of the uncarpeted boards, with his back turned to her, looking, it seemed,
with an intense expectation at the very dull door in the wall opposite him. He was in his evening dress, she
saw, kneebreeches and buckles all complete; and his hands were clenched, as they hung held out a little
from his sides, as he himself, crouching a little, stared at the door.
She, too, looked at the door, at its conventional panels and its brass handle; and it appeared to her as if both
he and she were expectant of some visitor. The door would open presently, she perceived; and the reason why
Laurie was so intent upon the entrance, was that he, no more than she, had any idea as to the character of the
person who was to come in. She became quite interested as she watchedit was a method she followed
sometimes when wooing sleepand she began, in her fancy, to go past Laurie as if to open the door. But as
she passed him she was aware that he put out a hand to check her, as if to hold her back from some danger;
and she stopped, hesitating, still looking, not at Laurie, but at the door.
She began then, with the irresponsibility of deepening sleep, to imagine instead what lay beyond the
doorto perceive by intuitive vision the character of the house. She got so far as understanding that it was
all as unfurnished as this room, that the house stood solitary among trees, and that even these, and the tangled
garden that she determined must surround the house, were as listening and as expectant as herself and the
waiting figure of the boy. Once more, as if to verify her semi passive imaginative excursion, she moved to
the door. . . .
Ah! what nonsense it was. Here she was, wide awake again, in her own familiar room, with the firelight on
the walls.
. . . Well, well; sleep was a curious thing; and so was imagination . . .
. . . At any rate she had written to Mr. Cathcart.
CHAPTER XI
I
THE "Cock Inn" is situated in Fleet Street, not twenty yards from Mitre Court and scarcely fifty from the
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 96
Page No 99
passage that leads down to the court where Mr. James Morton still has his chambers.
It was a convenient place, therefore, for Laurie to lunch in, and he generally made his appearance there a few
minutes before one o'clock to partake of a small rump steak and a pewter mug of beer. Sometimes he came
alone, sometimes in company; and by a carefully thought out system of tips he usually managed to have
reserved for him at least until one o'clock a particular seat in a particular partition in that row of stablelike
shelters that run the length of the room opposite the door on the first floor.
On the twentythird of February, howeverit was a Friday, by the way, and boiled plaice would have to be
eaten instead of rump steakhe was a little annoyed to find his seat already occupied by a small,
brisklooking man with a grey beard and spectacles, who, with a newspaper propped in front of him, was
also engaged in the consumption of boiled plaice.
The little man looked up at him sharply, like a bird disturbed in a meal, and then down again upon the paper.
Laurie noticed that his hat and stick were laid upon the adjoining chair as if to retain it. He hesitated an
instant; then he slid in on the other side, opposite the stranger, tapped his glass with his knife, and sat down.
When the waiter came, a familiarly deferential man with whiskers, Laurie, with a slight look of peevishness,
gave his order, and glanced reproachfully at the occupied seat. The waiter gave the ghost of a shrug with his
shoulders, significant of apologetic helplessness, and went away.
A minute later Mr. Morton entered, glanced this way and that, nodding imperceptibly to Laurie, and was just
moving off to a less occupied table when the stranger looked up.
"Mr. Morton," he cried, "Mr. Morton!" in an odd voice that seemed on the point of cracking into falsetto.
Certainly he was very like a portly bird, thought Laurie.
The other turned round, nodded with short geniality, and slid into the chair from which the old man moved
his hat and stick with zealous haste.
"And what are you doing here?" said Mr. Morton.
"Just taking a bite like yourself," said the other. "Friday worse luck."
Laurie was conscious of a touch of interest. This man was a Catholic, then, he supposed.
"Oh, by the way," said Mr. Morton, "have youer" and he indicated Laurie. "No? . . . Baxter, let me
introduce Mr. Cathcart."
For a moment the name meant nothing to Laurie; then he remembered; but his rising suspicions were quelled
instantly by his friend's next remark.
"By the way, Cathcart, we were talking of you a week or two ago."
"Indeed! I am flattered," said the old man perkily. Yes, "perky" was the word, thought Laurie.
"Mr. Baxter here is interested in Spiritualismrump steak, waiter, and pint of bitterand I told him you
were the man for him."
Laurie interiorly drew in his horns.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 97
Page No 100
"Aeran experimenter?" asked the old man, with courteous interest, his eyes giving a quick gleam
beneath his glasses.
"A little."
"Yes. Most dangerousmost dangerous. . . . And any success, Mr. Baxter?"
Laurie felt his annoyance deepen.
"Very considerable success," he said shortly.
"Ah, yesyou must forgive me, sir; but I have had a good deal of experience, and I must say You are a
Catholic, I see," he said, interrupting himself. "Or a High Churchman."
"I am a Catholic," said Laurie.
"So'm I. But I gave up spiritualism as soon as I became one. Very interesting experiences, too; butwell, I
value my soul too much, Mr. Baxter."
Mr. Morton put a large piece of potato into his mouth with a detached air.
It was really rather trying, thought Laurie, to be catechised in this way; so he determined to show superiority.
"And you think it all superstition and nonsense?" he asked.
"Indeed, no," said the old man shortly.
Laurie pushed his plate on one side, and drew the cheese towards him. This was a little more interesting, he
thought, but he was still far from feeling communicative.
"What then?" he asked.
"Oh, very real indeed," said the old man. "That is just the danger."
"The danger?"
"Yes, Mr. Baxter. Of course there's plenty of fraud and trickery; we all know that. But it's the part that's not
fraud that's May I ask what medium you go to?"
"I know Mr. Vincent. And I've been to some public séances, too."
The old man looked at him with sudden interest, but said nothing.
"You think he's not honest?" said Laurie, with cool offensiveness.
"Oh, yes; he's perfectly honest," said the other deliberately. "I'll trouble you for the sugar, Mr. Morton."
Laurie was determined not to begin the subject again. He felt that he was being patronised and lectured, and
did not like it. And once again the suspicion crossed his mind that this was an arranged meeting. It was so
very neattwo days before the séancethe entry of Mortonhis own seat occupied. Yet he did not feel
quite courageous enough to challenge either of them. He ate his cheese deliberately and waited, listening to
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 98
Page No 101
the talk between the two on quite irrelevant subjects, and presently determined on a bit of bravado.
"May I look at the Daily Mirror, Mr. Cathcart?" he asked.
"There is no doubt of his guilt," the old man said, as he handed the paper across (the two were deep in a law
case now). "I said so to Markham a dozen times" and so on.
But there was no more word of spiritualism. Laurie propped the paper before him as he finished his cheese,
and waited for coffee, and read with unseeing eyes. He was resenting as hard as he could the abruptness of
the opening and closing of the subject, and the complete disregard now shown to him. He drank his coffee,
still leisurely, and lit a cigarette; and still the two talked.
He stood up at last and reached down his hat and stick. The old man looked up.
"You are going, Mr. Baxter? . . . Good day. . . . Well then; and as I was waiting in court"
Laurie passed out indignantly, and went down the stairs.
So that was Mr. Cathcart. Well, he was thankful he hadn't written to him, after all. He was not his kind in the
least.
II
The moment he passed out of the door the old man stopped his fluent talking and waited, looking after the
boy. Then he turned again to his friend.
"I'm a blundering idiot," he said.
Mr. Morton sniffed.
"I've put him against me nowLord knows how; but I've done it; and he won't listen to me."
"Gad!" said Mr. Morton; "what funny people you all are! And you really meant what you said?"
"Every word," said the old man cheerfully. . . . "Well; our little plot's over."
"Why don't you ask him to come and see you?"
"First," said the old man, with the same unruffled cheerfulness, "he wouldn't have come. We've muddled it.
We'd much better have been straightforward. Secondly, he thinks me an old foolas you do, only more so.
No; we must set to work some other way now. . . . Tell me about Miss Deronnais: I showed you her letter?"
The other nodded, helping himself to cheese.
"I told her that I was at her service, of course; and I haven't heard again. Sensible girl?"
"Very sensible, I should say."
"Sort of girl that wouldn't scream or faint in a crisis?"
"Exactly the opposite, I should say. But I've hardly seen her, you know."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 99
Page No 102
"Well, well. . . . And the mother?"
"No good at all," said Mr. Morton.
"Then the girl's the sheet anchor. . . . In love with him, do you know?"
"Lord! How d'you expect me to know that?"
The old man pondered in silence, seeming to assimilate the situation.
"He's in a devil of a mess," he said, with abrupt cheerfulness. "That man Vincent"
"Well?"
"He's the most dangerous of the lot. Just because he's honest."
"Good God!" broke in the other again suddenly. "Do all Catholics believe this rubbish?"
"My dear friend, of course they don't. Not one in a thousand. I wish they did. That's what's the matter. But
they laugh at it laugh at it!" . . . His voice cracked into shrill falsetto. . . . "Laugh at hellfire. . . . Is Sunday
the day, did you say?"
"He told me the twentyfifth."
"And at that woman's in Queen's Gate, I suppose?"
"Expect so. He didn't say. Or I forget."
"I heard they were at their games there again," said Mr. Cathcart with meditative geniality. "I'd like to blow
up the stinking hole."
Mr. Morton chuckled audibly.
"You're the youngest man of your years I've ever come across," he said. "No wonder you believe all that
stuff. When are you going to grow up, Cathcart?"
The old man paid no attention at all.
"Wellthat plot's over," he said again. "Now for Miss Deronnais. But we can't stop this Sunday affair; that's
certain. Did he tell you anything about it? Materialisation? Automatic"
"Lord, I don't know all that jargon. . . ."
"My dear Morton, for a lawyer, you're the worst witness I've ever Well, I'm off. No more to be done
today."
The other sat on a few minutes over his pipe.
It seemed to him quite amazing that a sensible man like Cathcart could take such rubbish seriously. In every
other department of life the solicitor was an eminently shrewd and sane man, with, moreover, a youthful kind
of brisk humour that is perhaps the surest symptom of sanity that it is possible to have.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 100
Page No 103
He had seen him in court for years past under every sort of circumstance, and if it had been required of him to
select a character with which superstition and morbid humbug could have had nothing in common, he would
have laid his hand upon the senior partner of Cathcart and Cathcart. Yet here was this sane man, taking this
fantastic nonsense as if there were really something in it. He had first heard him speak of the subject at a
small bachelor dinner party of four in the rooms of a mutual friend; and, as he had listened, he had had the
same sensation as one would have upon hearing a Cabinet Minister, let us say, discussing stumpcricket with
enthusiasm. Cathcart had said all kinds of things when once he was startedall with that air of businesslike
briskness that was so characteristic of him and so disconcerting in such a connection. If he had apologised for
it as an amiable weakness, if he had been in the least shamefaced or deprecatory, it would have been another
matter; one would have forgiven it as one forgives any little exceptional eccentricity. But to hear him speak
of materialisation as of a process as normal (though unusual) as the production of radium, and of planchette
as of wireless telegraphyas established, indubitable facts, though out of the range of common
experiencethis had amazed this very practical man. Cathcart had hinted too of other thingsthings which
he would not amplifyof a still more disconcertingly impossible naturematters which Morton had
scarcely thought had been credible even to the darkest medievalists; and all this with that same sharp, sane
humour that lent an air of reality to all that he said.
For romantic young asses like Laurie Baxter such things were not so hopelessly incongruous, though
obviously they were bad for him; they were all part of the wild credulousness of a religious youth; but for
Cathcart, aged sixtytwo, a solicitor in good practice, with a wife and two grownup daughters, and a
reputation for exceptionally sound shrewdness! But it must be remembered he was a Catholic!
So Mr. James Morton sat in the "Cock" and pondered. He was not sorry he had tried to take steps to choke off
this young fool, and he was just a little sorry that so far they had failed. He had written to Miss Deronnais in
an impulse, after an unusually feverish outburst from the boy; and she, he had learnt later, had written to Mr.
Cathcart. The rest had been of the other's devising.
Well, it had failed so far. Perhaps next week things would be better.
He paid his bill, left twopence for the waiter, and went out. He had a case that afternoon.
III
Laurie left chambers as it was growing dark that afternoon, and went back to his rooms for tea. He had
passed, as was usual now, an extremely distracted couple of hours, sitting over his books with spasmodic
efforts only to attend to them. He was beginning, in fact, to be not quite sure whether Law after all was his
vocation. . . .
His kettle was singing pleasantly on the hob, and a tray glimmered in the firelight on the little table, as the
woman had left it; and it was not until he had poured himself out a cup of tea that he saw on the white cloth
an envelope, directed to him, inscribed "By hand," in the usual handwriting of persons engaged in business.
Even then he did not open it at once; it was probably only some note connected with his chief's affairs.
For half an hour more he sat on, smoking after tea, pondering that which was always in his mind now, and
dwelling with a vague pleasant expectancy on what Sunday night should bring forth. Mr. Vincent, he knew,
was returning to town that afternoon. Perhaps, even, he might look in for a few minutes, if there were any last
instructions to be given.
The effect of the medium on the young man's mind had increased enormously during these past weeks. That
air of virile masterfulness, all the more impressive because of its extreme quiet assurance, had proved even
more deep than had at first appeared.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 101
Page No 104
It is very hard to analyse the elements of a boy's adoration for a solid middleaged gentleman with a
"personality"; yet the thing is an enormously potent fact, and plays at least as big a part in the subcurrents
that run about the world as any more normal human emotions. Psychologists of the materialistic school
would probably say that it was a survival of the tribe andwar instinct. At any rate, there it is.
Added to all this was the peculiar relation in which the medium stood to the boy; it was he who had first
opened the door towards that strange otherworld that so persistently haunts the imaginations of certain
temperaments; it was through him that Laurie had had brought before the evidence of his senses, as he
thought, the actuality of the things of which he had dreamedan actuality which his religion had somehow
succeeded in evading. It was not that Laurie had been insincere in his religion; there had been moments, and
there still were, occasionally, when the world that the Catholic religion preached by word and symbol and
sacrament, became apparent; but the whole thing was upon a different plane. Religion bade him approach in
one way, spiritualism in the other. The senses had nothing to do with one; they were the only ultimate
channels of the other. And it is extraordinarily easy for human beings to regard as more fundamentally real
the evidence of the senses than the evidence of faith. . . .
Here then were the two choicesa world of spirit, to be taken largely on trust, to be discerned only in
shadow and outline upon rare and unusual occasions of exaltation, of a particular quality which had almost
lost its appeal; and a world of spirit that took shape and form and practical intelligibility, in ordinary rooms
and under very nearly ordinary circumstancesa world, in short, not of a transcendent God and the spirits of
just men made perfect, of vast dogmas and theories, but of a familiar atmosphere, impregnated with
experience, inhabited by known souls who in this method or that made themselves apparent to those senses
which, Laurie believed, could not lie. . . . And the point of contact was Amy Nugent herself. . . .
As regards his exact attitude to this girl it is more difficult to write. On the one side the human
elementthose associations directly connected with the sensesher actual face and hands, physical
atmosphere and surroundingsthose had disappeared; they were dispersed, or they lay underground; and it
had been with a certain shock of surprise, in spite of the explanations given to him, that he had seen what he
believed to be her face in the drawingroom in Queen's Gate. But he had tried to arrange all this in his
imagination, and it had fallen into shape and proportion again. In short, he thought he understood now that it
is character which gives unity to the transient qualities of a person on earth, and that, when those qualities
disappear, it is as unimportant as the wasting of tissue: when, according to the spiritualists' gospel that
character manifests itself from the other side, it naturally reconstitutes the form by which it had been
recognised on earth.
Yet, in spite of this sense of familiarity with what he had seen, there had fallen between Amy and himself that
august shadow that is called Death. . . . And in spite of the assurances he had received, even at the hands of
his own senses, that this was indeed the same girl that he had known on earth, there was a strange awe
mingled with his old rather shallow passion. There were moments, as he sat alone in his rooms at night, when
it rose almost to terror; just as there were other moments when awe vanished for a while, and his whole being
was flooded with an extraordinary ecstatic semiearthly happiness at the thought that he and she could yet
speak with one another. . . . Imagine, if you please, a child who on returning home finds that his mother has
become Queen, and meets her in the glory of ermine and diadem. . . .
But the real deciding pointwhich, somehow, he knew must comethe moment at which these conflicting
notes should become a chord, was fixed for Sunday evening next. Up to now he had had evidence of her
presence, he had received intelligible messages, though fragmentary and half stammered through the
mysterious veil, he had for an instant or two looked upon her face; but the real point, he hoped, would come
in two days. The public séances had not impressed him. He had been to three or four of these in a certain road
off Baker Street, and had been astonished and disappointed. The kind of people that he had met
theresentimental bourgeois with less power of sifting evidence than the average child, with a credulity that
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 102
Page No 105
was almost supernaturalthe medium, a stout woman who rolled her eyes and had damp fat fingers; the
hymnsinging, the wheezy harmonium, the amazing pseudomystical oracular messages that revealed
nothing which a religiose fool could not inventin fact the whole affair, from the sham stainedglass
lampshade to the ghostly tambourines overhead, the puerility of the tricks played on the inquirers, and all
the rest of itthis seemed as little connected with what he had experienced with Mr. Vincent as a dervish
dance with High Mass. He had reflected with almost ludicrous horror upon the impression it would make on
Maggie, and the remarks it would elicit.
But this other engagement was a very different matter.
They were going to attempt a further advance. It had, indeed, been explained to him that these attempts were
but tentative and experimental; it was impossible to dictate exactly what should fall; but the object on Sunday
night was to go a step further, and to bring about, if possible, the materialisation process to such a point that
the figure could be handled, and could speak. And it seemed to Laurie as if this would be final indeed. . . .
So he sat this evening, within fortyeight hours of the crisis, thinking steadily. Half a dozen times, perhaps,
the thought of Maggie recurred to him; but he was learning how to get rid of that.
Then he took up the note and opened it. It was filled with four pages of writing. He turned to the end and read
the signature. Then he turned back and read the whole letter.
It was very quiet as he sat there thinking over what he had read. The noise of Fleet Street came up here only
as the soothing murmur of the sea upon a beach; and he himself sat motionless, the firelight falling upwards
upon his young face, his eyes, and his curly hair. About him stood his familiar furniture, the grand piano a
pool of glimmering dark wood in the background, the tall curtained windows suggestive of shelter and
warmth and protection.
Yet, if he had but known it, he was making an enormous choice. The letter was from the man he had met at
midday, and he was deciding how to answer it. He was soothed and quieted by his loneliness, and his
irritation had disappeared: he regarded the letter from a youthfully philosophical standpoint, pleased with his
moderation, as the work of a fanatic; he was considering only whether he would yield, for politeness' sake, to
the importunity, or answer shortly and decisively. It seemed to him remarkable that a mature and experienced
man could write such a letter.
At last he got up, went to his writingtable, and sat down. Still he hesitated for a minute; then he dipped his
pen and wrote.
When he had finished and directed it, he went back to the fire. He had an hour yet in which to think and think
before he need dress. He had promised to dine with Mrs. Stapleton at half past seven. He had a touch of
headache, and perhaps might sleep it off.
CHAPTER XII
I
LADY LAURA crossed the road by Knightsbridge Barracks and turned again homewards through the Park.
It was one of those days that occasionally fall in late February which almost cheer the beholder into a belief
that spring has really begun. Overhead the sky was a clear pale blue, flecked with summerlooking clouds,
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 103
Page No 106
gauzy and white; beneath, the whole earth was waking drowsily from a frost so slight as only to emphasise
the essential softness of the day that followed: the crocuses were alight in the grass, and an indescribable tint
lay over all that had life, like the flush in the face of an awakening child. But these days are too good to last,
and Lady Laura, who had looked at the forecast of a Sunday paper, had determined to take her exercise
immediately after church.
She had come out not long before from All Saints'; she had listened to an excellent though unexciting sermon
and some extremely beautiful singing; and even now, saturated with that atmosphere and with the soothing
physical air in which she walked, her anxieties seemed less acute. There were enough of her acquaintances,
too, in groups here and thereshe had to bow and smile sufficiently oftento prevent these anxieties from
reasserting themselves too forcibly. And it may be supposed that not a creature who observed her, in her
exceedingly graceful hat and mantle, with her fair head a little on one side, and her goldrimmed pincenez
delicately gleaming in the sunlight, had the very faintest suspicion that she had any anxieties at all.
Yet she felt strangely unwilling even to go home.
The men were to set about clearing the drawingroom while she was at church; and somehow the thought
that it would be done when she got home, that the temple would, so to speak, be cleared for sacrifice, was a
distasteful one.
She did not quite know when the change had begun; in fact, she was scarcely yet aware that there was a
change at all. Upon one point only her attention fixed itself, and that was the increasing desire she felt that
Laurie Baxter should go no further in his researches under her auspices.
Up to within a few weeks ago she had been all ardour. It had seemed to her, as has been said, that the
apparent results of spiritualism were all to the good, that they were in no point contrary to the religion she
happened to believein fact, that they made real, as does an actual tree in the foreground of a panorama, the
rather misty sky and hills of Christianity. She had even called them very "teaching."
It was about eighteen months since she had first taken this up under the onslaught of Mrs. Stapleton's
enthusiasm; but things had not been as satisfactory as she wished, until Mr. Vincent had appeared. Then
indeed matters had moved forward; she had seen extraordinary things, and the effect of them had been
doubled by the medium's obvious honesty and his strong personality. He was to her as a resolute priest to a
timid penitent; he had led her forward, supported by his own conviction and his extremely steady will, until
she had begun to feel at home in this amazing new world, and eager to make proselytes.
Then Laurie had appeared, and almost immediately a dread had seized her that she could neither explain nor
understand. She had attempted a little tentative conversation on the point with dearest Maud, but dearest
Maud had appeared so entirely incapable of understanding her scruples that she had said no more. But her
inexplicable anxiety had already reached such a point that she had determined to say a word to Laurie on the
subject. This had been done, without avail; and now a new step forward was to be made.
As to of what this step consisted she was perfectly aware.
The "controls," she believedthe spirits that desired to communicatehad a series of graduated steps by
which the communications could be made, from mere incoherent noises (as a man may rap a message from
one room to another), through appearances, also incoherent and intangible, right up to the final point of
assuming visible tangible form, and of speaking in an audible voice. This process, she believed, consisted
first in a mere connection between spirit and matter, and finally passed into an actual assumption of matter,
moulded into the form of the body once worn by the spirit on earth. For nearly all of this process she had had
the evidence of her own senses; she had received messages, inexplicable to her except on the hypothesis put
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 104
Page No 107
forward, from departed relations of her own; she had seen lights, and faces, and even figures formed before
her eyes, in her own drawingroom; but she had not as yet, though dearest Maud had been more fortunate,
been able to handle and grasp such figures, to satisfy the sense of touch, as well as of sight, in proof of the
reality of the phenomenon.
Yes; she was satisfied even with what she had seen; she had no manner of doubt as to the theories put before
her by Mr. Vincent; yet she shrank (and she scarcely knew why) from that final consummation which it was
proposed to carry out if possible that evening. But the shrinking centred round some halfdiscerned danger to
Laurie Baxter rather than to herself.
It was these kinds of thoughts that beset her as she walked up beneath the trees on her way
homewardschecked and soothed now somewhat by the pleasant air and the radiant sunlight, yet perceptible
beneath everything. And it was not only of Laurie Baxter that she thought; she spared a little attention for
herself.
For she had begun to be aware, for the first time since her initiation, of a very faint distasteas slight and yet
as suggestive as that caused by a halfperceived consciousness of a delicately disagreeable smell. There
comes such a moment in the life of cut flowers in water, when the impetus of growing energy ceases, and a
new tone makes itself felt in their scent, of which the end is certain. It is not sufficient to cause the flowers to
be thrown away; they still possess volumes of fragrance; yet these decrease, and the new scent increases, until
it has the victory.
So it was now to the perceptions of this lady. Oh! yes. spiritualism was very "teaching" and beautiful; it was
perfectly compatible with orthodox religion; it was undeniably true. She would not dream of giving it up.
Only it would be better if Laurie Baxter did not meddle with it: he was too sensitive. . . . However, he was
coming that evening again. . . . There was the fact.
As she turned southwards at last, crossing the road again towards her own street, it seemed to her that the day
even now was beginning to cloud over. Over the roofs of Kensington a haze was beginning to make itself
visible, as impalpable as a skein of smoke; yet there it was. She felt a little languid, too. Perhaps she had
walked too far. She would rest a little after lunch, if dearest Maud did not mind; for dearest Maud was to
lunch with her, as was usual on Sundays when the Colonel was away.
As she came, slower than ever, down the broad opulent pavement of Queen's Gate, through the silence and
emptiness of Sundayfor the church bells were long ago silentshe noticed coming towards her, with a
sauntering step, an old gentleman in frock coat and silk hat of a slightly antique appearance, spatted and
gloved, carrying his hands behind his back, as if he were waiting to be joined by some friend from one of the
houses. She noticed that he looked at her through his glasses, but thought no more of it till she turned up the
steps of her own house. Then she was startled by the sound of quick footsteps and a voice.
"I beg your pardon, madam . . ."
She turned, with her key in the door, and there he stood, hat in hand.
"Have I the pleasure of speaking to Lady Laura Bethell?"
There was a pleasant brisk ring about his voice that inclined her rather favourably towards him.
"Is there anything . . . Did you want to speak to me? . . . Yes, I am Lady Laura Bethell."
"I was told you were at church, madam, and that you were not at home to visitors on Sunday."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 105
Page No 108
"That is quite right. . . . May I ask . . . ?"
"Only a few minutes, Lady Laura, I promise you. Will you forgive my persistence?"
Yes; the man was a gentleman; there was no doubt of that.
"Would not tomorrow do? I am rather engaged today."
He had his cardcase ready, and without answering her at once, he came up the steps and handed it to her.
The name meant nothing at all to her.
"Will not tomorrow . . . ?" she began again.
"Tomorrow will be too late," said the old gentleman. "I beg of you, Lady Laura. It is on an extremely
important matter."
She still hesitated an instant; then she pushed the door open and went in.
"Please come in," she said.
She was so taken aback by the sudden situation that she forgot completely that the drawingroom would be
upside down, and led the way straight upstairs; and it was not till she was actually within the door, with the
old gentleman close on her heels, that she saw that, with the exception of three or four chairs about the fire
and the table set out near the hearthrug, the room was empty of furniture.
"I forgot," she said; "but will you mind coming in here. . . . We . . . we have a meeting here this evening."
She led the way to the fire, and at first did not notice that he was not following her. When she turned round
she saw the old gentleman, with his air of antique politeness completely vanished, standing and looking about
him with a very peculiar expression. She also noticed, to her annoyance, that the cabinet was already in place
in the little anteroom and that his eyes almost immediately rested upon it. Yet there was no look of wonder
in his face; rather it was such a look as a man might have on visiting the scene of a wellknown
crimeinterest, knowledge, and loathing.
"So it is here" he said in quite a low voice.
Then he came across the room towards her.
II
For an instant his bearded face looked so strangely at her that she half moved towards the bell. Then he
smiled, with a little reassuring gesture.
"No, no," he said. "May I sit down a moment?"
She began hastily to cover her confusion.
"It is a meeting," she said, "for this evening. I am sorry"
"Just so," he said. "It is about that that I have come."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 106
Page No 109
"I beg your pardon . . . ?"
"Please sit down, Lady Laura. . . . May I say in a sentence what I have come to say?"
This seemed a very odd old man.
"Why, yes" she said.
"I have come to beg you not to allow Mr. Baxter to enter the house. . . . No, I have no authority from anyone,
least of all from Mr. Baxter. He has no idea that I have come. He would think it an unwarrantable piece of
impertinence."
"Mr. Cathcart . . . II cannot"
"Allow me," he said, with a little compelling gesture that silenced her. "I have been asked to interfere by a
couple of people very much interested in Mr. Baxter; one of them, if not both, completely disbelieves in
spiritualism."
"Then you know"
He waved his hand towards the cabinet.
"Of course I know," he said. "Why, I was a spiritualist for ten years myself. No, not a medium; not a
professional, that is to say. I know all about Mr. Vincent; all about Mrs. Stapleton and yourself, Lady Laura. I
still follow the news closely; I know perfectly well"
"And you have given it up?"
"I have given it up for a long while," he said quietly. "And I have come to ask you to forbid Mr. Baxter to be
present this evening, forfor the same reason for which I have given it up myself."
"Yes? And that"
"I don't think we need go into that," he said. "It is enough, is it not, for me to say that Mr. Baxter's work, and,
in fact, his whole nervous system, is suffering considerably from the excitement; that one of the persons who
have asked me to do what I can is Mr. Baxter's own lawcoach: and that even if he had not asked me, Mr.
Baxter's own appearance"
"You know him?"
"Practically, no. I lunched at the same table with him on Friday; the symptoms are quite unmistakable."
"I don't understand. Symptoms?"
"Well, we will say symptoms of nervous excitement. You are aware, no doubt, that he is exceptionally
sensitive. Probably you have seen for yourself"
"Wait a moment," said Lady Laura, her own heart beating furiously. "Why do you not go to Mr. Baxter
himself?"
"I have done so. I arranged to meet him at lunch, and somehow I took a wrong turn with him: I have no tact
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 107
Page No 110
whatever, as you perceive. But I wrote to him on Friday night, offering to call upon him, and just giving him
a hint. Well, it was useless. He refused to see me."
"I don't see what I"
"Oh yes," chirped the old gentleman almost gaily. "It would be quite unusual and unconventional. I just ask
you to send him a lineI will take it myself, if you wish ittelling him that you think it would be better for
him not to come, and saying that you are making other arrangements for tonight."
He looked at her with that odd little air of birdlike briskness that she had noticed in the street; and it
pleasantly affected her even in the midst of the uneasiness that now surged upon her again tenfold more than
before. She could see that there was something else behind his manner; it had just looked out in the glance he
had given round the room on entering; but she could not trouble at this moment to analyse what it was. She
was completely bewildered by the strangeness of the encounter, and the extraordinary coincidence of this
man's judgment with her own. Yet there were a hundred reasons against her taking his advice. What would
the others say? What of all the arrangements . . . the expectation? . . .
"I don't see how it's possible now," she began. "I think I know what you mean. But"
"Indeed, I trust you have no idea," cried the old gentleman, with a queer little falsetto note coming into his
voice"no idea at all. I come to you merely on the plea of nervous excitement; it is injuring his health, Lady
Laura."
She looked at him curiously.
"But" she began.
"Oh, I will go further," he said. "Have you never heard ofof insanity in connection with all this? We will
call it insanity, if you wish."
For a moment her heart stood still. The word had a sinister sound, in view of an incident she had once
witnessed; but it seemed to her that some meaning behind, unknown to her, was still more sinister. Why had
he said that it might be "called insanity" only? . . .
"Yes . . . II have once seen a case," she stammered.
"Well," said the old gentleman, "is it not enough when I tell you that II who was a spiritualist for ten
yearshave never seen a more dangerous subject than Mr. Baxter? Is the risk worth it? . . . Lady Laura, do
you quite understand what you are doing?"
He leaned forward a little; and again she felt anxiety, sickening and horrible, surge within her. Yet, on the
other hand . . .
The door opened suddenly, and Mr. Vincent came in.
III
There was silence for a moment; then the old gentleman turned round, and in an instant was on his feet, quiet,
but with an air of bristling about his thrustout chin and his tense attitude.
Mr. Vincent paused, looking from one to the other.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 108
Page No 111
"I beg your pardon, Lady Laura," he said courteously. "Your man told me to wait here; I think he did not
know you had come in."
"Wellerthis gentleman . . ." began Lady Laura. "Why, do you know Mr. Vincent?" she asked suddenly,
startled by the expression in the old gentleman's face.
"I used to know Mr. Vincent," he said shortly.
"You have the advantage of me," smiled the medium, coming forward to the fire.
"My name is Cathcart, sir."
The other started, almost imperceptibly.
"Ah! yes," he said quietly. "We did meet a few times, I remember."
Lady Laura was conscious of distinct relief at the interruption: it seemed to her a providential escape from a
troublesome decision.
"I think there is nothing more to be said, Mr. Cathcart. . . . No, don't go, Mr. Vincent. We had finished our
talk."
"Lady Laura," said the old gentleman with a rather determined air, "I beg of you to give me ten minutes more
private conversation."
She hesitated, clearly foreseeing trouble either way. Then she decided.
"There is no necessity today," she said. "If you care to make an appointment for one day next week, Mr.
Cathcart"
"I am to understand that you refuse me a few minutes now?"
"There is no necessity that I can see"
"Then I must say what I have to say before Mr. Vincent"
"One moment, sir," put in the medium, with that sudden slight air of imperiousness that Lady Laura knew
very well by now. "If Lady Laura consents to hear you, I must take it on myself to see that nothing offensive
is said." He glanced as if for leave towards the woman.
She made an effort.
"If you will say it quickly," she began. "Otherwise"
The old gentleman drew a breath as if to steady himself. It was plain that he was very strongly moved beneath
his self command: his air of cheerful geniality was gone.
"I will say it in one sentence," he said. "It is this: You are ruining that boy between you, body and soul; and
you are responsible before his Maker and yours. And if"
"Lady Laura," said the medium, "do you wish to hear any more?"
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 109
Page No 112
She made a doubtful little gesture of assent.
"And if you wish to know my reasons for saying this," went on Mr. Cathcart, "you have only to ask for them
from Mr. Vincent. He knows well enough why I left spiritualismif he dares to tell you."
Lady Laura glanced at the medium. He was perfectly still and quietlooking, watching the old man
curiously and half humorously under his heavy eyebrows.
"And I understand," went on the other, "that tonight you are to make an attempt at complete materialisation.
Very good; then after tonight it may be too late. I have tried to appeal to the boy: he will not hear me. And
you too have refused to hear me out. I could give you evidence, if you wished. Ask this gentleman how many
cases he has known in the last five years, where complete ruin, body and soul"
The medium turned a little to the fire, sighing as if for weariness: and at the sound the old man stopped,
trembling. It was more obvious than ever that he only held himself in restraint by a very violent effort: it was
as if the presence of the medium affected him in an extraordinary degree.
Lady Laura glanced again from one to the other.
"That is all, then?" she said.
His lips worked. Then he burst out
"I am sick of talking," he cried"sick of it! I have warned you. That is enough. I cannot do more."
He wheeled on his heel and went out. A minute later the two heard the front door bang.
She looked at Mr. Vincent. He was twirling softly in his strong fingers a little bronze candlestick that stood
on the mantelpiece: his manner was completely unconcerned; he even seemed to be smiling a little.
For herself she felt helpless. She had taken her choice, impelled to it, though she scarcely recognised the fact,
by the entrance of this strong personality; and now she needed reassurance once again. But before she had a
word to say, he spokestill in his serene manner.
"Yes, yes," he said. "I remember now. I used to know Mr. Cathcart once. A very violent old gentleman."
"What did he mean?"
"His reasons for leaving us? Indeed I scarcely remember. I suppose it was because he became a Catholic."
"Was there nothing more?"
He looked at her pleasantly.
"Why, I daresay there was. I really can't remember, Lady Laura. I suppose he had his nerves shaken. You can
see for yourself what a fanatic he is."
But in spite of his presence, once more a gust of anxiety shook her.
"Mr. Vincent, are you sure it's safefor Mr. Baxter, I mean?"
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 110
Page No 113
"Safe? Why, he's as safe as any of us can be. We all have nervous systems, of course."
"But he's particularly sensitive, isn't he?"
"Indeed, yes. That is why even this evening he must not go into trance. That must come later, after a good
training."
She stood up, and came herself to stand by the mantelpiece.
"Then really there's no danger?"
He turned straight to her, looking at her with kind, smiling eyes.
"Lady Laura," he said, "have I ever yet told you that there was no danger? I think not. There is always danger,
for every one of us, as there is for the scientist in the laboratory, and the engineer in his machinery. But what
we can do is to reduce that danger to a minimum, so that, humanly speaking, we are reasonably and
sufficiently safe. No doubt you remember the case of that girl? Well, that was an accident: and accidents will
happen; but do me the justice to remember that it was the first time that I had seen her. It was absolutely
impossible to foresee. She was on the very edge of a nervous breakdown before she entered the room. But
with regard to Mr. Baxter, I have seen him again and again; and I tell you that I consider him to be running a
certain riskbut a perfectly justifiable one, and one that is reduced to a minimum. if I did not think that we
were taking every precaution, I would not have him in the room for all the world. . . . Are you satisfied, Lady
Laura?"
Every word he said helped her back to assurance. It was all so reasonable and well weighed. If he had said
there was no danger, she would have feared the more, but his very recognition of it gave her security. And
above all, his tranquillity and his strength were enormous assets on his side.
She drew a breath, and decided to go forward.
"And Mr. Cathcart?" she asked.
He smiled again.
"You can see what he is," he said. "I should advise you not to see him again. It's of no sort of use."
CHAPTER XIII
I
THE weather forecasts had been in the right; and the few that struggled homewards that night from church
fought against a southwest wind that tore, laden with driving rain, up the streets and across the open spaces,
till the very lights were dimmed in the tall street lamps and shone only through streaming panes that seemed
half opaque with mist and vapour. In Queen's Gate hardly one lighted window showed that the houses were
inhabited. So fierce was the clamour and storm of the broad street that men made haste to shut out every
glimpse of the night, and the fanlights above the doors, or here and there a line of brightness where some
draught had tossed the curtains apart, were the only signs of human life. Outside the broad pavements stared
like surfaces of some canal, black and mirrorlike, empty of passengers, catching every spark or hint of light
from house and lamp, transforming it to a tall streak of glimmering wetness.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 111
Page No 114
The housekeeper's room in this house on the right was the more delightful from the contrast. It was here that
the august assembly was held every evening after supper, set about with rigid etiquette and ancient rite. Its
windows looked on to the little square garden at the back, but were now tight shuttered and curtained; and the
room was a very model of comfort and warmth. Before the fire a square table was drawn up, set out with
pudding and fruit, for it was here that the upper servants withdrew after the cold meat and beer of the
servants' hall, to be waited upon by the butler's boy: and it was round this that the four sat in
statehousekeeper, butler, lady's maid, and cook.
It was already after ten o'clock; and Mr. Parker was permitted to smoke a small cigar. They had discussed the
weather, the sermon that Miss Baker had heard in the morning, and the prospects of a Dissolution; and they
had once more returned to the mysteries that were being enacted upstairs. They were getting accustomed to
them now, and there was not a great deal to say, unless they repeated themselves, which they had no
objection to do. Their attitude was one of tolerant scepticism, tempered by an agreeable tendency on the part
of Miss Baker to become agitated after a certain point. Mr. Vincent, it was generally conceded, was a
respectable sort of man, with an air about him that could hardly be put into words, and it was thought to be a
pity that he lent himself to such superstition. Mrs. Stapleton had been long ago dismissed as a silly sort of
woman, though with a will of her own; and her ladyship, of course, must have her way; it could not last long,
it was thought.
But young Mr. Baxter was another matter, and there was a deal to say about him. He was a gentlemanthat
was certain; and he seemed to have sense; but it was a pity that he was so often here now on this business. He
had not said one word to Mr. Parker this evening as he took off his coat; Mr. Parker had not thought that he
looked very well.
"He was too quietlike," said the butler.
As to the details of the affair upstairsthese were considered in a purely humorous light. It was understood
that tables danced a hornpipe, and that tambourines were beaten by invisible hands; and it was not necessary
to go further into principles, particularly since all these things were done by machinery at the Egyptian Hall.
Faces also, it was believed, were seen looking out of the cabinet which Mr. Parker had once more helped to
erect this morning; but these, it was explained, were "done" by luminous paint. Finally, if people insisted on
looking into causes, Electricity was a sufficient answer for all the rest. No one actually suggested
waterpower.
As for human motives, these were not called in question at all. It appeared to amuse some people to do this
kind of thing, as others might collect old china or practise the cotillon. There it was, a fact, and there was no
more to be said about it. Old Lady Carraden, where Mr. Parker had once been underbutler, had gone in for
pouter pigeons; and Miss Baker had heard tell of a nobleman who had a carpenter's shop of his own.
These things were so, then; and meantime here was a cigar to be smoked by Mr. Parker, and a little weak tea
to be taken by the three ladies.
It was about a quarterpast ten when a reversion was made to the weather. Within here all was supremely
comfortable. A black stuff mat, with a red fringed border, lay before the blazing fire, convenient to the feet;
the heavy red curtains shut out the darkness, and where the glass cases of china permitted it, large
photographs of wedding groups and the houses of the nobility hung upon the walls. A King Charles' spaniel,
in another glass case, looked upon the company with an eternal snarl belied by the mildness of his brown
eyes; and, corresponding to him on the other side of the fire, a numerous family of hummingbirds, a little
dusty and dim, poised perpetually above the flowers of a lichened tree, with a flaming sunset to show them
up.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 112
Page No 115
But, without, the wind tore unceasingly, laden with rain, through the gusty darkness of the little garden, and,
in the pauses, the swift dripping from the roof splashed and splashed upon the paved walk. It was a very wild
night, as Mr. Parker observed four times: he only hoped that no one would require a hansom cab. He had
been foolish enough to take the responsibility tonight of letting the guests out himself, and of allowing
William to go to bed when he wished. And these were late affairs, seldom over before eleven, and often not
till nearly midnight.
Mrs. Martin, in her blouse, moved a little nearer the fire, and said she must be off soon to bed; Mrs. Mayle, in
her black silk, added that there was no telling when her ladyship would get to bed, what with Mrs. Stapleton
and all, and commiserated Miss Baker; Miss Baker moaned a little in selfpity; and Mr. Parker remarked for
the fifth time that it was a wild night. It was an astonishingly serene and domestic atmosphere: no effort of
imagination or wit was required from anybody; it was enough to make observations when they occurred to
the brain, and they would meet with a tranquil response.
As halfpast ten tinkled out from the little yellow marble clock on the mantelpieceit had been won by Mrs.
Mayle's deceased husband in a horticultural exhibitionMrs. Martin said that she must go and have a look at
the scullery to see that all was as it should be; there was no knowing with these girls nowadays what they
might not leave undone; and Mrs. Mayle preened herself gently with the thought that her responsibilities were
on a higher plane. Mr. Parker made a courteous movement as if to rise, and remained seated, as the cook
rustled out. Miss Baker sighed again as she contemplated the long conversation that might take place between
the two ladies upstairs before she could get her mistress to bed.
Once more the tranquil atmosphere settled down on the warm room; the brass lamp burned brightly with a
faint and reassuring smell of paraffin; the fire presented a radiant cavern of red coals fringed by dancing
flames; and Mr. Parker leaned forwards to shake off the ash of his cigar.
Then, on a sudden, he paused, for from the passage outside came the passionless tinkle of an electric
bellthen another, and another, and another, as if some person overhead strove by reiteration on that single
note to cry out some overwhelming need.
II
Overhead in the great empty drawingroom the noise of the wind and rain, the almost continuous spatter on
the glass, and the long hooting of the gusts, had been far more noticeable than in the basement beneath.
Below stairs the company had been natural and normal, talking of this and that, in a brightly lighted room,
dwelling only on matters that fell beneath the range of their senses, lulled by warmth and food and cigar
smoke into a kind of rapt selfcontemplation. But up here, in the gloom, lighted only on this occasion by a
single shaded candle, in a complete interior silence, three persons had sat round a table for more than an hour,
striving by passivity and a kind of indescribable concentration to ignore all that was presented by the senses,
and to await some movement from that which lies beyond them.
Lady Laura had sat down that night in a state of mind which she could not analyse. It was not that her
anxieties had been lulled so much as counterbalanced; they were still there, at once poignant and heavy, but
on the other side there had been the assured air of the medium, his reasonableness and his personality, as well
as the enthusiasm of her friend, and her astonished remonstrances. She had decided to acquiesce, not because
she was satisfied, but because on the whole anxiety was outweighed by confidence. She could not have taken
action under such circumstances, but she could at least refrain from it.
Laurie, as Mr. Parker had noticed, had been "quietlike"; he had said very little indeed, but a nervous strain
was evident in the brightness of his eyes; but in answer to a conventional inquiry he had declared himself
extremely well. Mr. Vincent had looked at him for just an instant longer than usual as he shook hands, but he
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 113
Page No 116
said nothing. Mrs. Stapleton had made an ecstatic remark or two on the envy with which she regarded the
boy's sensitive faculties.
At the beginning of the séance the medium had repeated his warnings as to Laurie's avoiding of trance, and
had added one or two other precautions. Then he had gone into the cabinet; the fire had been pressed down
under ashes, and a single candle lighted and placed behind the angle of the little adjoining room in such a
position that its shaded light fell upon the cabinet only and the figure of the medium within.
When the silence became fixed, Lady Laura for the first time perceived the rage of wind and rain outside. The
very intensity of the interior stillness and the rapture of attention emphasised to an extraordinary degree the
windy roar without. Yet the silence seemed to her, now as always, to have a peculiar faculty of detaching the
psychical from the physical atmosphere. In spite of the batter of rain not ten feet away, the sighing between
the shutters, and even the lift now and again of the heavy curtains in the draught, she seemed to herself as
remote from it as does a man crouching in the dark under some ruin feel himself at an almost infinite distance
from the pick and the hammer of the rescuers. These were in one world, she in another.
For over an hour no movement was made. She herself sat facing the fire, Laurie on her left looking towards
the cabinet with his back to the windows, Mrs. Stapleton opposite to her.
An endless procession of thoughts defiled before her as she sat, yet these too were somewhat remotefar up,
so to speak, on the superficies of consciousness: they did not approach that realm of the will poised now and
attentive on another range of existence. Once and again she glanced up without moving her head at the
threequarter profile on her left, at the somewhat Zululike outline opposite to her; then down again at the
polished little round table and the six hands laid upon it. And meanwhile her brain revolved images rather
than thoughts, memories rather than reflectionsvignettes, so to speak,old Mr. Cathcart in his spats and
frockcoat, the look on the medium's face, there and gone again in an instant as he had heard the stranger's
name; the carved oak stalls of the chancel towards which she had faced this morning, the look of the park, the
bloom upon the still leafless trees, the radiance of the blue spring sky. . . .
It must have been, she thought, after a little over an hour that the first expected movement made itself felta
long trembling shudder through the wood beneath her hands, followed by a strange sensation of lightness, as
if the whole table rose a little from the floor. Then, almost before the movement subsided, a torrent of little
taps poured itself out, as delicate and as swift and, it seemed, as perfectly calculated, as the rapping of some
minute electric hammer. This was new to her, yet not so unlike other experiences as to seem strange or
perturbing in any way. . . . Again she bent her attention to the table as the vibration ceased.
There followed a long silence.
It must have been about ten minutes later that she became aware of the next phenomenon; and her attention
had been called to it by a sudden noiseless uplifting of the profile on her left. She turned her face to the
cabinet and looked; and there, perfectly discernible, was some movement going on between the curtains. For
the moment she could see the medium clearly, his arms folded, indicated by the white lines of his cuffs across
his breast, his head sunk forward in deep sleep; and at the next instant the curtains flapped two or three times,
as if jerked from within, and finally rested completely closed.
She glanced quickly at the boy on her left, and in the diffused light from the other room could see him
distinctly, his eyes open and watching, his lips compressed as if in some tense effort of selfcontrol.
When she looked at the cabinet again she could see that some movement had begun again behind the curtains,
for these swayed and jerked convulsively, as if some person with but little room was moving there. And she
could hear now, as the gusts outside lulled for a moment, the steady rather stertorous breathing of the
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 114
Page No 117
medium. Then once again the wind gathered strength outside; the rain tore at the glass like a streaming
handful of tiny pebbles, and the great curtains at her side lifted and sighed in the draught through the shutters.
When it quieted again the breathing had become a measured moaning, as that which a dreaming dog emits at
the end of each expiration; and she herself drew a long trembling breath, overwhelmed by the sense of some
struggle in the room such as she had not experienced before.
It was impossible for her to express this even to herself; yet the perception was clearas clear as some
presentment of the senses. She knew during those moments, as she watched the swaying curtains of the
cabinet in the shaded light that fell upon them, and heard now and again that low moan from behind them,
that some kind of stress lay upon something that was new to her in this connection. For the time she forgot
her undertone of anxiety as to this boy at her side, and a curious terrified excitement took its place. Once,
even then, she glanced at him again, and saw the motionless profile watching, always watching. . . .
Then in an instant the climax came, and this is what she saw.
The commotion of the curtains ceased suddenly, and they hung in straight folds from roof to floor of the little
cabinet. Then they gently partedshe saw the long fingers that laid hold of themand the form of a person
came out, descended the single step, and stood on the floor before her eyes, in the plain candlelight, not four
steps away.
It was the figure of a young girl, perfectly formed in all its parts, swathed in some light stuff resembling
muslin that fell almost to the feet and shrouded the upper part of the head. Her hands were clasped across her
breast, her bare feet were visible against the dark floor, and her features were unmistakably clear. There was a
certain beauty in the facein the young lips, the open eyes, and the dark lines of the brows over them; and
the complexion was waxen, clear as of a blonde. But, as the observer had noticed before on the three or four
occasions on which she had seen these phenomena, there was a strange mask like set of the features, as if
the life that lay behind them had not perfectly saturated that which expressed it. It was something utterly
different from the face of a dead person, yet also not completely alive, though the eyes turned a little in their
sockets, and the young downcurved lips smiled. Behind her, plain between the tossedback curtains, was
the figure of the medium sunk in sleep.
And so for a few seconds the apparition remained.
It seemed to the watcher that during those seconds the whole world was still. Whether in truth the wind had
dropped, or whether the absorbed attention perceived nothing but the marvel before it, yet so it seemed. Even
the breathing of the medium had stopped; Lady Laura heard only the ticking of the watch upon her own wrist.
Then, as once more a gust tore up from the southwest, the figure moved forward a step nearer the table,
coming with a motion as of a living person, causing, it even appeared, that faint vibration on the floor as of a
living body.
She stood so near now, though with her back to the diffused light of the anteroom, that her features were
more plain than beforethe stained lips, the open eyes, the shadow beneath the nostrils and chin, even the
white fingers clasped across the breast. There was none of that vague mistiness that had been seen once
before in that room; every line was as clearcut as in the face of a living person; even the swell of the breast
beneath the hands, the slender sloping shoulders, the long curved line from hip to ankle, all were real and
discernible. And once again the staring eyes of the watcher took in, and her mind perceived, that slight
masklike look on the pretty appealing face.
Once again the figure came forward, straight on to the table; and then, so swift that not a motion or a word
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 115
Page No 118
could check it, the catastrophe fell.
There was a violent movement on Lady Laura's left hand, a chair shot back and fell, and with a horrible
tearing cry from the throat, the boy dashed himself face forwards across the table, snatched at and for an
instant seized something real and concrete that stood there; and as the two women sprang up, losing sight for
an instant of the figure that had been there a moment ago, the boy sank forward, moaning and sobbing, and a
crash as of a heavy body falling sounded from the cabinet.
For a space of reckonable time there was complete silence. Then once more a blast of wind tore up from the
southwest, rain shattered against the window, and the house vibrated to the
CHAPTER XIV
I
AS the date approached Maggie felt her anxieties settle down, like a fire, from turbulence to steady flame. On
the Sunday she had with real difficulty kept it to herself, and the fringe of the storm of wind and rain that
broke over Hertfordshire in the evening had not been reassuring. Yet on one thing her will kept steady hold,
and that was that Mrs. Baxter must not be consulted. No conceivable good could result, and there might even
be harm: either the old lady would be too much or not enough concerned: she might insist on Laurie's return
to Stantons, or might write him a cheering letter encouraging him to amuse himself in any direction that he
pleased. So Maggie passed the evening in fits of alternate silence and small conversation, and succeeded in
making Mrs. Baxter recommend a good long night.
Monday morning, however, broke with a cloudless sky, an air like wine, and the chatter of birds; and by the
time that Maggie went to look at the crocuses immediately before breakfast, she was all but at her ease again.
Enough, however, of anxiety remained to make her hurry out to the stableyard when she heard the postman
on his way to the back door.
There was one letter for her, in Mr. Cathcart's handwriting; and she opened it rather hastily as she turned in
again to the garden.
It was reassuring. It stated that the writer had approached that was the wordMr. Baxter, though
unfortunately with ill success, and that he proposed on the following daythe letter was dated on Saturday
eveningalso to approach Lady Laura Bethell. He felt fairly confident, he said, that his efforts would
succeed in postponing, at any rate, Mr. Baxter's visit to Lady Laura; and in that case he would write further as
to what was best to be done. In the meanwhile Miss Deronnais was not to be in the least anxious. Whatever
happened, it was extremely improbable that one visit more or less to a séance would carry any great harm: it
was the habit, rather than the act, that was usually harmful to the nervous system. And the writer begged to
remain her obedient servant.
Maggie's spirits rose with a bound. How extraordinarily foolish she had been, she told herself, to have been
filled with such forebodings last night! It was more than likely that the séance had taken place without
Laurie; and, even at the worst, as Mr. Cathcart said, he was probably only a little more excited than usual this
morning.
So she began to think about future arrangements; and by the time that Mrs. Baxter looked benignantly out at
her from beneath the Queen Anne doorway to tell her that breakfast was waiting, she was conceiving of the
possibility of going up herself to London in a week or two on some shopping excuse, and of making one
more genial attempt to persuade Laurie to be a sensible boy again.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 116
Page No 119
During her visit to the fowlyard after breakfast she began to elaborate these plans.
She was clear now, once again, that the whole thing was a fantastic delusion, and that its sole harm was that it
was superstitious and nerveshaking. (She threw a large handful of maize, with a meditative eye.) It was on
that ground and that only that she would approach Laurie. Perhaps even it would be better for her not to go
and see him; it might appear that she was making too much of it: a good sensible letter might do the work
equally well. . . . Well, she would wait at least to hear from Mr. Cathcart once more. The second post would
probably bring a letter from him. (She emptied her bowl.)
She was out again in the spring sunshine, walking up and down before the house with a book, by the time that
the second post was due. But this time, through the iron gate, she saw the postman go past the house without
stopping. Once more her spirits rose, this time, one might say, to par; and she went indoors.
Her window looked out on to the front; and she moved her writingtable to it to catch as much as possible of
the radiant air and light of the spring day. She proposed to begin to sketch out what she would say to Laurie,
and suggest, if he wished it, to come up and see him in a week or two. She would apologise for her fussiness,
and say that the reason why she was writing was that she did not want his mother to be made anxious.
"My dear Laurie . . ."
She bit her pen gently, and looked out of the window to catch inspiration for the particular frame of words
with which she should begin. And as she looked an old gentleman suddenly appeared beyond the iron gate,
shook it gently, glanced up in vain for a name on the stone posts, and stood irresolute. It was an old trap, that
of the front gate; there was no bell, and it was necessary for visitors to come straight in to the front door.
Then, so swiftly that she could not formulate it, an anxiety leapt at her, and she laid her pen down, staring.
Who was this?
She went quickly to the bell and rang it; standing there waiting, with beating heart and face suddenly gone
white. . . .
"Susan," she said, "there is an old gentleman at the gate. Go out and see who it is. . . . Stop: if it is anyone for
me . . . if if he gives the name of Mr. Cathcart, ask him to be so kind as to go round the turn to the village
and wait for me. . . . Susan, don't say anything to Mrs. Baxter; it may just possibly be bad news."
From behind the curtain she watched the maid go down the path, saw a few words pass between her and the
stranger, and then the maid come back. She waited breathless.
"Yes, miss. It is a Mr. Cathcart. He said he would wait for you."
Maggie nodded.
"I will go," she said. "Remember, please do not say a word to anyone. It may be bad news, as I said."
As she walked through the hamlet three minutes later, she began to recognise that the news must be really
serious; and that beneath all her serenity she had been aware of its possibility. So intense now was that
anxietythough perfectly formless in its detailsthat all other faculties seemed absorbed into it. She could
not frame any imagination as to what it meant; she could form no plan, alternative or absolute, as to what
must be done. She was only aware that something had happened, and that she would know the facts in a few
seconds.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 117
Page No 120
About fifty yards up the turning she saw the old gentleman waiting. He was in his London clothes,
silkhatted and spatted, and made a curiously incongruous picture there in the deep banked lane that led
upwards to the village. On either side towered the trees, still leafless, yet bursting with life; and overhead
chattered the birds against the tender midday sky of spring.
He lifted his hat as she came to him; but they spoke no word of greeting.
"Tell me quickly," she said. "I am Maggie Deronnais."
He turned to walk by her side, saying nothing for a moment.
"The facts or the interpretation?" he asked in his brisk manner. "I will just say first that I have seen him this
morning."
"Oh! the facts," she said. "Quickly, please."
"Well, he is going to Mr. Morton's chambers this afternoon; he says . . ."
"What?"
"One moment, please. . . . Oh! he is not seriously ill, as the world counts illness. He thought he was just very
tired this morning. I went round to call on him. He was in bed at half past ten when I left him. Then I came
straight down here."
For a moment she thought the old man mad. The relief was so intense that she flushed scarlet, and stopped
dead in the middle of the road.
"You came down here," she repeated. "Why, I thought"
He looked at her gravely, in spite of the incessant twinkle in his eyes. She perceived that this old man's eyes
would twinkle at a deathbed. He stroked his grey beard smoothly down.
"Yes; you thought that he was dead, perhaps? Oh, no. But for all that, Miss Deronnais, it is just as serious as
it can be."
She did not know what to think. Was the man a madman himself?
"Listen, please. I am telling you simply the facts. I was anxious, and I went round this morning first to Lady
Laura Bethell. To my astonishment she saw me. I will not tell you all that she said, just now. She was in a
terrible state, though she did not know onetenth of the harm Well, after what she told me I went round
straight to Mitre Court. The porter was inclined not to let me in. Well, I went in, and straight into Mr. Baxter's
bedroom; and I found there"
He stopped.
"Yes?"
"I found exactly what I had feared, and expected."
"Oh! tell me quickly," she cried, wheeling on him in anger.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 118
Page No 121
He looked at her as if critically for a moment. Then he went on abruptly.
"I found Mr. Baxter in bed. I made no apology at all. I said simply that I had come to see how he was after
the séance."
"It took place, then"
"Oh! yes. . . . I forgot to mention that Lady Laura would pay no attention to me yesterday. . . . Yes, it took
place. . . . Well, Mr. Baxter did not seem surprised to see me. He told me he felt tired. He said that the séance
had been a success. And while he talked I watched him. Then I came away and caught the tenfifty."
"I don't understand in the least," said Maggie.
"So I suppose," said the other drily. "I imagine you do not believe in spiritualism at allI mean that you
think that the whole thing is fraud or hysteria?"
"Yes, I do," said Maggie bravely.
He nodded once or twice.
"So do most sensible people. Well, Miss Deronnais, I have come to warn you. I did not write, because it was
impossible to know what to say until I had seen you and heard your answer to that question. At the same
time, I wanted to lose no time. Anything may happen now at any moment. . . . I wanted to tell you this: that I
am at your service now altogether. When" he stopped; then he began again, "If you hear no further news
for the present, may I ask when you expect to see Mr. Baxter again?"
"In Easter week."
"That is a fortnight off. . . . Do you think you could persuade him to come down here next week instead? I
should like you to see him for yourself: or even sooner."
She was still hopelessly confused with these apparent alternations. She still wondered whether Mr. Cathcart
were as mad as he seemed. They turned, as the village came in sight ahead, up the hill.
"Next week? I could try," she said mechanically. "But I don't understand"
He held up a gloved hand.
"Wait till you have seen him," he said. "For myself, I shall make a point of seeing Mr. Morton every day to
hear the news. . . . Miss Deronnais, I tell you plainly that you alone will have to bear the weight of all this,
unless Mrs. Baxter"
"Oh, do explain," she said almost irritably.
He looked at her with those irresistibly twinkling eyes, but she perceived a very steady will behind them.
"I will explain nothing at all," he said, "now that I have seen you, and heard what you think, except this single
point. What you have to be prepared for is the news that Mr. Baxter has suddenly gone out of his mind."
It was said in exactly the same tone as his previous sentences, and for a moment she did not catch the full
weight of its meaning. She stopped and looked at him, paling gradually.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 119
Page No 122
"Yes, you took that very well," he said, still meeting her eyes steadily. "Stop . . . Keep a strong hold on
yourself. That is the worst you have to hear, for the present. Now tell me immediately whether you think Mrs.
Baxter should be informed or not."
Her leaping heart slowed down into three or four gulping blows at the base of her throat. She swallowed with
difficulty.
"How do you know"
"Kindly answer my question," he said. "Do you think Mrs. Baxter"
"Oh, God! Oh, God!" sobbed Maggie.
"Steady, steady," said the old man. "Take my arm, Miss Deronnais."
She shook her head, keeping her eyes fixed on his.
He smiled in his grey beard.
"Very good," he said, "very good. And do you think"
She shook her head again.
"No: not one word. She is his mother. Besidesshe is not the kindshe would be of no use."
"Yes: it is as I thought. Very well, Miss Deronnais; you will have to be responsible. You can wire for me at
any moment. You have my address?"
She nodded.
"Then I have one or two things to add. Whatever happens, do not lose heart for one moment. I have seen
these cases again and again. . . . Whatever happens, too, do not put yourself into a doctor's hands until I have
seen Mr. Baxter for myself. The thing may come suddenly or gradually. And the very instant you are
convinced it is coming, telegraph to me. I will be here two hours after. . . . Do you understand?"
They halted twenty yards from the turning into the hamlet. He looked at her again with his kindly humorous
eyes.
She nodded slowly and deliberately, repeating in her own mind his instructions; and beneath, like a whirl of
waters, questions surged to and fro, clamouring for answer. But her selfcontrol was coming back each
instant.
"You understand, Miss Deronnais?" he said again.
"I understand. Will you write to me?"
"I will write this evening. . . . Once more, then. Get him down next week. Watch him carefully when he
comes. Consult no doctor until you have telegraphed to me, and I have seen him."
She drew a long breath, nodding almost mechanically.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 120
Page No 123
"Goodbye, Miss Deronnais. Let me tell you that you are taking it magnificently. Fear nothing; pray much."
He took her hand for a moment. Then he raised his hat and left her standing there.
II
Mrs. Baxter was exceedingly absorbed just now in a new pious book of meditations written by a clergyman.
A nicely bound copy of it, which she had ordered specially, had arrived by the parcels post that morning; and
she had been sitting in the drawingroom ever since looking through it, and marking it with a small silver
pencil. Religion was to this lady what horticulture was to Maggie, except of course that it was really
important, while horticulture was not. She often wondered that Maggie did not seem to understand: of course
she went to mass every morning, dear girl; but religion surely was much more than that; one should be able to
sit for two or three hours over a book in the drawingroom, before the fire, with a silver pencil.
So at lunch she prattled of the book almost continuously, and at the end of it thought Maggie more unsubtle
than ever: she looked rather tired and strained, thought the old lady, and she hardly said a word from
beginning to end.
The drive in the afternoon was equally unsatisfactory. Mrs. Baxter took the book with her, and the pencil, in
order to read aloud a few extracts here and there; and she again seemed to find Maggie rather vacuous and
silent.
"Dearest child, you are not very well, I think," she said at last.
Maggie roused herself suddenly.
"What, Auntie?"
"You are not very well, I think. Did you sleep well?"
"Oh! I slept all right," said Maggie vaguely.
But after tea Mrs. Baxter did not feel very well herself. She said she thought she must have taken a little chill.
Maggie looked at her with unperceptive eyes.
"I am sorry," she said mechanically.
"Dearest, you don't seem very overwhelmed. I think perhaps I shall have dinner in bed. Give me my book,
child. . . . Yes, and the pencilcase."
Mrs. Baxter's room was so comfortable, and the book so fascinatingly spiritual, that she determined to keep
her resolution and go to bed. She felt feverish, just to the extent of being very sleepy and at her ease. She rang
her bell and issued her commands.
"A little of the volaille," she said, "with a spoonful of soup before it. . . . No, no meat; but a custard or so, and
a little fruit. Oh! yes, Charlotte, and tell Miss Maggie not to come and see me after dinner."
It seemed that the message had roused the dear girl at last, for Maggie appeared ten minutes later in quite a
different mood. There was really some animation in her face.
"Dear Auntie, I am so very sorry. . . . Yes; do go to bed, and breakfast there in the morning too. I'm just
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 121
Page No 124
writing to Laurie, by the way."
Mrs. Baxter nodded sleepily from her deep chair.
"He's coming down in Easter week, isn't he?"
"So he says, my dear."
"Why shouldn't he come next week instead, Auntie, and be with us for Easter? You'd like that, wouldn't
you?"
"Very nice indeed, dear child; but don't bother the boy."
"And you don't think it's influenza?" put in Maggie swiftly, laying a cool hand on the old lady's.
She maintained it was not. It was just a little chill, such as she had had this time last year: and it became
necessary to rouse herself a little to enumerate the symptoms. By the time she had done, Maggie's attention
had begun to wander again: the old lady had never known her so unsympathetic before, and said so with
gentle peevishness.
Maggie kissed her quickly.
"I'm sorry, Auntie," she said. "I was just thinking of something. Sleep well; and don't get up in the morning."
Then she left her to a spoonful of soup, a little volaille, a custard, some fruit, her spiritual book and
contentment.
Downstairs she dined alone in the greenhung diningroom; and she revolved for the twentieth time the
thoughts that had been continuously with her since midday, moving before her like a kaleidoscope,
incessantly changing their relations, their shapes, and their suggestions. These tended to form themselves into
two main alternative classes. Either Mr. Cathcart was a harmless fanatic, or he was unusually sharp. But these
again had almost endless subdivisions, for at present she had no idea of what was really in his mindas to
what his hints meant. Either this curious old gentleman with shrewd, humorous eyes was entirely wrong, and
Laurie was just suffering from a nervous strain, not severe enough to hinder him from reading law in Mr.
Morton's chambers; and this was all the substratum of Mr. Cathcart's mysteries: or else Mr. Cathcart was
right, and Laurie was in the presence of some danger called insanity which Mr. Cathcart interpreted in some
strange fashion she could not understand. And beneath all this again moved the further questions as to what
spiritualism really waswhat it professed to be, or mere superstitious nonsense, or something else.
She was amazed that she had not demanded greater explicitness this morning; but the thing had been so
startling, so suggestive at first, so insignificant in its substance, that her ordinary common sense had deserted
her. The old gentleman had come and gone like a wraith, had uttered a few inconclusive sentences, and
promised to write, had been disappointed with her at one moment and enthusiastic the next. Obviously their
planes ran neither parallel nor opposing; they cut at unexpected points; and Maggie had no notion as to the
direction in which his lay. All she saw plainly was that there was some point of view other than hers.
So, then, she revolved theories, questioned, argued, doubted with herself. One thing only emergedthe old
lady's feverish cold afforded her exactly the opportunity she wished; she could write to Laurie with perfect
truthfulness that his mother had taken to her bed, and that she hoped he would come down next week instead
of the week after.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 122
Page No 125
After dinner she sat down and wrote it, pausing many times to consider a phrase.
Then she read a little, and soon after ten went upstairs to bed.
III
It was a little before sunset on that day that Mr. James Morton turned down on to the Embankment to walk up
to the Westminster underground to take him home. He was a great man on physical exercise, and it was a
matter of principle with him to live far from his work. As he came down the little passage he found his friend
waiting for him, and together they turned up towards where in the distance the Westminster towers rose high
and blue against the evening sky.
"Well?" said the old man.
Mr. Morton looked at him with a humorous eye.
"You are a hopeless case," he said.
"Kindly tell me what you noticed."
"My dear man," he said, "there's absolutely nothing to say. I did exactly what you said: I hardly spoke to him
at all: I watched him very carefully indeed. I really can't go on doing that day after day. I've got my own work
to do. It's the most utter bunkum I ever"
"Tell me anything odd that you saw."
"There was nothing odd at all, except that the boy looked tired, as you saw for yourself this morning."
"Did he behave exactly as usual?"
"Exactly, except that he was quieter. He fidgeted a little with his fingers."
"Yes?"
"And he seemed very hard at work. I caught him looking at me once or twice."
"Yes? How did he look?"
"He just looked at methat was all. Good Lord! what do you want"
"And there was nothing elseabsolutely nothing else?"
"Absolutely nothing else."
"He didn't complain of . . . of anything?"
"Lord! . . . Oh, yes; he did say something about a headache."
"Ah!" The old man leaned forward. "A headache? What kind?"
"Back of his head."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 123
Page No 126
The old man sat back with pursed lips.
"Did he talk about last night?" he went on again suddenly.
"Not a word."
"Ah!"
Mr. Morton burst into a rude uproarious laugh.
"Upon my word!" he said. "I think, Cathcart, you're the most amazingly"
The other held up a gloved hand in deprecation; but he did not seem at all ruffled.
"Yes, yes; we can take all that as said. . . . I'm accustomed to it, my dear fellow. Well, I saw Miss Deronnais,
as I told you I should in my note. . . . You're quite right about her."
"Pleased to hear it, I'm sure," said Mr. Morton solemnly.
"She's one in a thousand. I told her right out, you know, that I feared insanity."
"Oh! you did! That's tactful! How did she"
"She took it admirably."
"And did you tell her your delightful theories?"
"I did not. She will see all that for herself, I expect. Meantime"
"Oh, you didn't tell me about your interview with Lady Laura."
The old face grew a little grim.
"Ah! that's not finished yet," he said. "I'm on my way to her now. I don't think she'll play with the thing again
just yet."
"And the othersthe medium, and so on?"
"They will have to take their chance. It's absolutely useless going to them."
"They're as bad as I am, I expect."
The old man turned a sharp face to him.
"Oh! you know nothing whatever about it," he said. "You don't count. But they do know quite enough."
In the underground the two talked no more; but Mr. Morton, affecting to read his paper, glanced up once or
twice at the old shrewd face opposite that stared so steadily out of the window into the roaring darkness. And
once more he reflected how astonishing it was that anyone in these daysanyone, at least, possessing
common senseand common sense was written all over that old bearded facecould believe such fantastic
rubbish as that which had been lately discussed. It was not only the particular points that regarded Laurie
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 124
Page No 127
Baxterall these absurd, though disquieting hints about insanity and suicide and the rest of itbut the
principles that old Cathcart declared to be beneaththose principles which he had, apparently, not confided
to Miss Deronnais. Here was the twentieth century; here was an electric railway, padded seats, and the Pall
Mall! . . . Was further comment required?
The train began to slow up at Gloucester Road; and old Cathcart gathered up his umbrella and gloves.
"Then tomorrow," he said, "at the same time?"
Mr. Morton made a resigned gesture.
"But why don't you go and have it out with him yourself?" he asked.
"He would not listen to meless than ever now. Good night!"
The train slid on again into the darkness; and the lawyer sat for a moment with pursed lips. Yes, of course the
boy was overwrought: anyone could see that: he had stammered a little a sure sign. But why make all this
fuss? A week in the country would set him right.
Then he opened the Pall Mall again resolutely.
CHAPTER XV
I
MR. and Mrs. Nugent were enjoying their holiday exceedingly. On Good Friday they had driven laboriously
in a waggonette to Royston, where they had visited the hermit's cave in company with other grandees of their
village, and held a stately picnic on the downs. They had returned, the gentlemen of the party slightly flushed
with brandy and water from the various hostelries on the home journey, and the ladies severe, with watercress
on their laps. Accordingly, on the Saturday, Mrs. Nugent had thought it better to stay indoors and despatch
her husband to the scene of the first cricket match of the season, a couple of miles away.
At about five o'clock she made herself a cup of tea, and did not wake up from the sleep which followed until
the evening was closing in. She awoke with a start, remembering that she had intended to give a good look
between the spare bedroom that had been her daughter's, and possibly make a change or two of the furniture.
There was a mahogany wardrobe . . . and so forth.
She had not entered this room very often since the death. It had come to resemble to her mind a sort of
melancholy sanctuary, symbolical of glories that might have been; for she and her husband were full of the
glorious day that had begun to dawn when Laurie, very constrained though very ardent, had called upon them
in state to disclose his intentions. Well, it had been a false dawn; but at least it could be, and was, still talked
about in sad and suggestive whispers.
It seemed full then of a mysterious splendour when she entered it this evening, candle in hand, and stood
regarding it from the threshold. To the outward eye it was nothing very startling. A shrouded bed protruded
from the wall opposite with the words "The Lord preserve thee from all evil" illuminated in pink and gold by
the girl's own hand. An oleograph of Queen Victoria in coronation robes hung on one side and the painted
photograph of a Nonconformist divine, Bible in hand, whiskered and cravatted, upon the other. There was a
small clothcovered table at the foot of the bed, adorned with an almost continuous line of brassheaded
nails as a kind of beading round the edge, in the centre of which rested the plaster image of a young person
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 125
Page No 128
clasping a cross. A hymnbook and a Bible stood before this, and a small jar of wilted flowers. Against the
opposite wall, flanked by dejectedlooking weddinggroups, and another text or two, stood the great
mahogany wardrobe, whose removal was vaguely in contemplation.
Mrs. Nugent regarded the whole with a tender kind of severity, shaking her head slowly from side to side,
with the tin candlestick slightly tilted. She was a fullbodied lady, in clothes rather too tight for her, and she
panted a little after the ascent of the stairs. It seemed to her once more a strangely and inexplicably perverse
act of Providence, to whom she had always paid deference, by which so incalculable a rise in the social scale
had been denied to her.
Then she advanced a step, her eyes straying from the shrouded bed to the wardrobe and back again. Then she
set the candlestick upon the table and turned round.
It must now be premised that Mrs. Nugent was utterly without a trace of what is known as superstition; for
the whole evidential value of what follows, such as it is, depends upon that fact. She would not, by
preference, sleep in a room immediately after a death had taken place in it, but solely for the reason of certain
illdefined physical theories which she would have summed up under the expression that "it was but right
that the air should be changed." Her views on human nature and its component parts were undoubtedly
practical and commonsense. To put it brutally, Amy's body was in the churchyard and Amy's soul, crowned
and robed, in heaven; so there was no more to account for. She knew nothing of modern theories, nothing of
the revival of ancient beliefs; she would have regarded with kindly compassion, and met with practical
comments, that unwilling shrinking from scenes of death occasionally manifested by certain kind of
temperaments.
She turned, then, and looked at the wardrobe, still full of Amy's belongings, with her back to the bed in which
Amy had died, without even the faintest premonitory symptom of the unreasoning terror that presently seized
upon her.
It came about in this way.
She kneeled down, after a careful scrutiny of the polished surface of the mahogany, pulled out a drawer filled
to brimming over with linen of various kinds and uses, and began to dive among these with careful
housewifely hands to discover their tale. Simultaneously, as she remembered afterwards, there came from the
hill leading down from the direction of the station, the sound of a trotting horse.
She paused to listen, her mind full of that faint gossipy surmise that surges so quickly up in the thoughts of
village dwellers, her hands for an instant motionless among the linen. It might be the doctor, or Mr. Paton, or
Mr. Grove. Those names flashed upon her; but an instant later were drowned again in a kind of fear of which
she could give afterwards no account.
It seemed to her, she said, that there was something coming towards her that set her atremble; and when, a
moment later, the trotting hoofs rang out sharp and near, she positively relapsed into a kind of sitting position
on the floor, helpless and paralysed by a furious uprush of terror.
For it appeared, so far as Mrs. Nugent could afterwards make it out, as if a sort of double process went on. It
was not merely that Fear, fullarmed, rushed upon with the approaching wheels, outside and therefore
harmless; but that the room itself in which she crouched, itself filled with some atmosphere, swift as water in
a rising lock, that held her there motionless, blind and dumb with horror, unable to move, even to lift her
hands or turn her head. As one approached, the other rose.
Again sounded the hoofs and wheels, near now and imminent. Again they hushed as the corner was
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 126
Page No 129
approached. Then once more, as they broke out, clear and distinct, not twenty yards away at the turning into
the village, Mrs. Nugent, no longer able even to keep that rigid position of fear, sank gently backwards and
relapsed in a huddle on the floor.
II
Mr. Nugent was astonished and even a little peevish when, on arriving home after dark, he found the parlour
lamp asmoke and his wife absent.
He inquired for her; the mistress had slipped upstairs scarcely ten minutes ago. He shouted at the bottom of
the stairs, but there was no response. And after he had taken his boots off, and his desire for supper had
become poignant, he himself stepped upstairs to see into the matter. . . .
It was several minutes, even after the conveyal of an apparently inanimate body downstairs, before his wife
first made clear signs of intelligence; and even these were little more than grotesque expressions of
fearrolling eyes and exclamations. It was another quarter of an hour before any kind of connected story
could be got out of her. One conclusion only was evident, that Mrs. Nugent did not propose to fetch the
forgotten candle still burning on the clothcovered, brass nailed table, but that it must be fetched instantly;
the door locked on the outside, and the key laid before her on that tablecloth. These were the terms that must
be conceded before any further details were gone into.
Plainly there was but one person to carry out these instructions, for the little servantmaid was already all
eyes and mouth at the few pregnant sentences that had fallen from her mistress's lips. So Mr. Nugent himself,
cloth cap and all, stepped upstairs once more.
He paused at the door and looked in.
All was entirely as usual. In spite of the unpleasant expectancy roused, in spite of himself and his godliness,
by the words of his wife and her awful headnodding, the room gave back to him no echo or lingering scent
of horror. The little bed stood there, white and innocent in the candlelight, the drawer still gaped, showing its
pathetic contents; the furniture, pictures, texts, and all the rest remained in their places, harmless and
undefiled as when Amy herself had set them there.
He looked carefully round before entering; then, stepping forward, he took the candle, closed the drawer, not
without difficulty, glanced round once more, and went out, locking the door behind him.
"A pack of nonsense!" he said, as he tossed the key on to the table before his wife.
The theological discussion waxed late that night, and by ten o'clock Mrs. Nugent, under the influence of an
excellent supper and a touch of stimulant, had begun to condemn her own terrors, or rather to cease to protest
when her husband condemned them for her. A number of solutions had been proposed for the startling little
incident, to none of which did she give an unqualified denial. It was the stooping that had done it; there had
been a rush of blood to the head that had emptied the heart and caused the sinking feeling. It was the
watercress eaten in such abundance on the previous afternoon. It was the fact that she had passed an
unoccupied morning, owing to the closing of the shop. It was one of those things, or all of them, or some
other like one of them. Even the little maid was reassured, when she came to take away the supper things, by
the cheerful conversation of the couple, though she registered a private vow that for no consideration under
heaven would she enter the bedroom on the right at the top of the stairs.
About halfpast ten Mrs. Nugent said that she would step up to bed; and in that direction she went,
accompanied by her husband, whose programme it was presently to step round to the "Wheatsheaf" for an
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 127
Page No 130
hour with the landlord after the bar was shut up.
At the door on the right hand he hesitated, but his wife passed on sternly; and as she passed into their own
bedroom a piece of news came to his mind.
"That was Mr. Laurie you heard, Mary," said he. "Jim told me he saw him go past just after dark. . . . Well,
I'll take the housekey with me."
CHAPTER XVI
I
"WHEN is he coming?" asked Mrs. Baxter with a touch of peevishness, as she sat propped up in her tall chair
before the bedroom fire.
"He will be here about six," said Maggie. "Are you sure you have finished?"
The old lady turned away her head from the rice pudding in a kind of gesture of repulsion. She was in the
fractious period of influenza, and Maggie had had a hard time with her.
Nothing particular had happened for the last ten days. Mrs. Baxter's feverish cold had developed, and she was
but now emerging from the nightdress and flanneljacket stage to that of the petticoat and dressinggown. It
was all very ordinary and untragic, and Maggie had had but little time to consider the events on which her
subconscious attention still dwelt. Mr. Cathcart had had no particular news to give her. Laurie, it seemed,
was working silently with his coach, talking little. Yet the old man did not for one instant withdraw one word
that he had said. Only, in answer to a series of positive inquiries from the girl two days before, he had told her
to wait and see him for herself, warning her at the same time to show no signs of perturbation to the boy.
And now the day was comeEaster Eve, as it happenedand she would see him before night. He had sent
no answer to her first letter; then, finally, a telegram had come that morning announcing his train.
She was wondering with all her might that afternoon as to what she would see. In a way she was terrified; in
another way she was contemptuous. The evidence was so extraordinarily confused. If he were in danger of
insanity, how was it that Mr. Cathcart advised her to get him down to a house with only two women and a
few maids? Who was there besides this old gentleman who ever dreamed that such a danger was possible?
How, if it was so obvious that she would see the change for herself, was it that othersMr. Morton, for
examplehad not seen it too? More than ever the theory gained force in her mind that the whole thing was
grossly exaggerated by this old man, and that all that was the matter with Laurie was a certain nervous strain.
Yet, for all that, as the afternoon closed in, she felt her nerves tightening. She walked a little in the garden
while the old lady took her nap; she came in to read to her again from the vellumbound little book as the
afternoon light began to fade. Then, after tea, she went under orders to see for herself whether Laurie's room
was as it should be.
It struck her with an odd sense of strangeness as she went in; she scarcely knew why; she told herself it was
because of what she had heard of him lately. But all was as it should be. There were spring flowers on the
table and mantelshelf, and a pleasant fire on the hearth. It was even reassuring after she had been there a
minute or two.
Then she went to look at the smokingroom where she had sat with him and heard the curious noise of the
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 128
Page No 131
cracking wood on the night of the thaw, when the boy had behaved so foolishly. Here, too, was a fire, a tall
porter's chair drawn on one side with its back to the door, and a deep leather couch set opposite. There was a
box of Laurie's cigarettes set ready on the tablecandles, matches, flowers, the illustrated papers yes,
everything.
But she stood looking on it all for a few moments with an odd emotion. It was familiar, homely,
domesticyet it was strange. There was an air of expectation about it all. . . . Then on a sudden the emotions
precipitated themselves in tenderness. . . . Ah! poor Laurie. . . .
"It is all perfectly right," she said to the old lady.
"Are the cigarettes there?"
"Yes: I noticed them particularly."
"And flowers?"
"Yes, flowers too."
"What time is it, my dear? I can't see."
Maggie peered at the clock.
"It's just after six, Auntie. Will you have the candles?"
The old lady shook her head.
"No, my dear: my eyes can't stand the light. Why hasn't the boy come?"
"Why, it's hardly time yet. Shall I bring him up at once?"
"Just for two minutes," sighed the old lady. "My head's bad again."
"Poor dear," said Maggie.
"Sit down, my dearest, for a few minutes. You'll hear the wheels from here. . . . No, don't talk or read."
There, then, the two women sat waiting.
Outside the twilight was falling, layer on layer, over the spring garden, in a great stillness. The chilly wind of
the afternoon had dropped, and there was scarcely a sound to be heard from the living things about the house
that once more were renewing their strength. Yet over all, to the Catholic's mind at least, there lay a shadow
of death, from associations with that strange anniversary that was passing, hour by hour. . . .
As to what Maggie thought during those minutes of waiting, she could have given afterwards no coherent
description. Matters were too complicated to think clearly; she knew so little; there were so many hypotheses.
Yet one emotion dominated the restexpectancy with a tinge of fear. Here she sat, in this peaceful room,
with all the homely paraphernalia of convalescence about herthe fire, the bed laid invitingly open with a
couple of books, and a readinglamp on the little table at the side, the faint smell of sandalwood; and before
the fire dozed a peaceful old lady full too of gentle expectation of her son, yet knowing nothing whatever of
the vague perils that were about him, that had, indeed, whatever they were, already closed in on him. . . . And
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 129
Page No 132
that son was approaching nearer every instant through the country lanes. . . .
She rose at last and went on tiptoe to the window. The curtains had not yet been drawn, and she could see in
the fading light the elaborate ironwork of the tall gate in the fence, and the common road outside it, gleaming
here and there in puddles that caught the green colour from the dying western sky. In front, on the lawn on
this side, burned tiny patches of white where the crocuses sprouted.
As she stood there, there came a sound of wheels, and a carriage came in sight. It drew up at the gate, and the
door opened.
II
"He is come," said the girl softly, as she saw the tall ulstered figure appear from the carriage. There was no
answer, and as she went on tiptoe to the fire, she saw that the old lady was asleep. She went noiselessly out of
the room, and stood for an instant, every pulse racing with horrible excitement, listening to the footsteps and
voices in the hall. Then she drew a long trembling breath, steadied herself with a huge effort of the will, and
went downstairs.
"Mr. Laurie's gone into the smokingroom, miss," said the servant, looking at her oddly.
He was standing by the table as she went in; so much she could see: but the candles were unlighted, and no
more was visible of him than his outline against the darkening window.
"Well, Laurie?" she said.
"Well, Maggie," said his voice in answer. And their hands met.
Then in an instant she knew that something was wrong. Yet at the moment she had not an idea as to what it
was that told her that. It was Laurie's voice surely!
"You're all in the dark," she said.
There was no movement or word in answer. She passed her hand along the mantelpiece for the matches she
had seen there just before; but her hand shook so much that some little metal ornament fell with a crash as she
fumbled there, and she drew a long almost vocal breath of sudden nervous alarm. And still there was no
movement in answer. Only the tall figure stood watching her it seemeda pale luminous patch showing her
his face.
Then she found the matches and struck one; and, keeping her face downcast, lighted, with fingers that shook
violently, the two candles on the little table by the fire. She must just be natural and ordinary, she kept on
telling herself. Then with another fierce effort of will she began to speak, lifting her eyes to his face as she
did so.
"Auntie's just fallen . . ." (her voice died suddenly for an instant, as she saw him looking at her)then she
finished "just fallen asleep. Will . . . you come up presently . . . Laurie?"
Every word was an effort, as she looked steadily into the eyes that looked so steadily into hers.
It was Laurieyesbut, good God! . . .
"You must just kiss her and come away," she said, driving out the words with effort after effort. "She has a
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 130
Page No 133
bad headache this evening . . . Lauriea bad headache."
With a sudden twitch she turned away from those eyes.
"Come, Laurie," she said. And she heard his steps following her.
They passed so through the inner hall and upstairs: and, without turning again, holding herself steady only by
the consciousness that some appalling catastrophe was imminent if she did not, she opened the door of the
old lady's room.
"Here he is," she said. "Now, Laurie, just kiss her and come away."
"My dearest," came the old voice from the gloom, and two hands were lifted.
Maggie watched, as the tall figure came obediently forward, in an indescribable terror. It was as when one
watches a man in a tiger's den. . . . But the figure bent obediently, and kissed.
Maggie instantly stepped forward.
"Not a word," she said. "Auntie's got a headache. Yes, Auntie, he's very well; you'll see him in the morning.
Go out at once, please, Laurie."
Without a word he passed out, and, as she closed the door after him, she heard him stop irresolute on the
landing.
"My dearest child," came the peevish old voice, "you might have allowed my own son"
"No, no, Auntie, you really mustn't. I know how bad your head is. . . . Yes, yes; he's very well. You'll see him
in the morning."
And all the while she was conscious of the figure that must be faced again presently, waiting on the landing.
"Shall I go and see that everything's all right in his room?" she said. "Perhaps they've forgotten"
"Yes, my dearest, go and see. And send Charlotte to me."
The old voice was growing drowsy again.
Maggie went out swiftly without a word. There again stood the figure waiting. The landing lamp had been
forgotten. She led the way to his room.
"Come, Laurie," she said. "I'll just see that everything's all right."
She found the matches again, lighted the candles, and set them on his table, still without a look at that face
that turned always as she went.
"We shall have to dine alone," she said, striving to make her voice natural, as she reached the door.
Then once more she raised her eyes to his, and looked him bravely in the face as he stood by the fire.
"Do just as you like about dressing," she said. "I expect you're tired."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 131
Page No 134
She could bear it no more. She went out without another word, passed steadily across the length of the
landing to her own room, locked the door, and threw herself on her knees.
III
She was roused by a tap on the doorhow much later she did not know. But the agony was passed for the
presentthe repulsion and the horror of what she had seen. Perhaps it was that she did not yet understand the
whole truth. But at least her will was dominant; she was as a man who has fought with fear alone, and walks,
white and trembling, yet perfectly himself, to the operating table.
She opened the door; and Susan stood there with a candle in one hand and a scrap of white in the other.
"For you, miss," said the maid.
Maggie took it without a word, and read the name and the pencilled message twice.
"Just light the lamp out here," she said. "Oh . . . and, by the way, send Charlotte to Mrs. Baxter at once."
"Yes, miss. . . ."
The maid still paused, eyeing her, as if with an unspoken question. There was terror too in her eyes.
"Mr. Laurie is not very well," said Maggie steadily. "Please take no notice of anything. And . . . and, Susan, I
think I shall dine alone this evening. just a tray up here will do. If Mr. Laurie says anything, just explain that I
am looking after Mrs. Baxter. And . . . Susan"
"Yes, miss."
"Please see that Mrs. Baxter is not told that I am not dining downstairs."
"Yes, miss."
Maggie still stood an instant, hesitating. Then a thought recurred again.
"One moment," she said.
She stepped across the room to her writingtable, beckoning the maid to come inside and shut the door; then
she wrote rapidly for a minute or so, enclosed her note, directed it, and gave it to the girl.
"Just send up someone at once, will you, with this to Father Mahonon a bicycle."
When the maid was gone, she waited still for an instant looking across the dark landing, expectant of some
sound or movement. But all was still. A line of light showed only under the door where the boy who was
called Laurie Baxter stood or sat. At least he was not moving about. There in the darkness Maggie tested her
power of resisting panic. Panic was the one fatal thing: so much she understood. Even if that silent door had
opened, she knew she could stand there still.
She went back, took a wrap from the chair where she had tossed it down on coming in from the garden that
afternoon, threw it over her head and shoulders, passed down the stairs and out through the garden once more
in the darkness of the spring evening.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 132
Page No 135
All was quiet in the tiny hamlet as she went along the road. A blaze of light shone from the taproom
window where the fathers of families were talking together, and within Mr. Nugent's shuttered shop she could
see through the doorway the grocer himself in his shirtsleeves, shifting something on the counter. So great
was the tension to which she had strung herself that she did not even envy the ordinariness of these people:
they appeared tobe in some other world, not attainable by herself. These were busied with domestic affairs,
with beer or cheese or gossip. Her task was of another kind: so much she knew; and as to what that task was,
she was about to learn.
As she turned the corner, the figure she expected was waiting there; and she could see in the deep twilight
that he lifted his hat to her. She went straight up to him.
"Yes," she said, "I have seen for myself. You are right so far. Now tell me what to do."
It was no time for conventionality. She did not ask why the solicitor was there. It was enough that he had
come.
"Walk this way then with me," he said. "Now tell me what you have seen."
"I have seen a change I cannot describe at all. It's just someone elsenot Laurie at all. I don't understand it in
the least. But I just want to know what to do. I have written to Father Mahon to come."
He was silent for a step or two.
"I cannot tell you what to do. I must leave that to yourself. I can only tell you what not to do."
"Very well."
"Miss Deronnais, you are magnificent! . . . There, it is said. Now then. You must not get excited or frightened
whatever happens. I do not believe that you are in any dangernot of the ordinary kind, I mean. But if you
want me, I shall be at the inn. I have taken rooms there for a night or so. And you must not yield to him
interiorly. I wonder if you understand."
"I think I shall understand soon. At present I understand nothing. I have said I cannot dine with him."
"But"
"I cannot . . . before the servants. One of them at least suspects something. But I will sit with him afterwards,
if that is right."
"Very good. You must be with him as much as you can. Remember, it is not the worst yet. It is to prevent that
worst happening that you must use all the power you've got."
"Am I to speak to him straight out? And what shall I tell Father Mahon?"
"You must use your judgment. Your object is to fight on his side, remember, against this thing that is
obsessing him. Miss Deronnais, I must give you another warning."
She bowed. She did not wish to use more words than were necessary. The strain was frightful.
"It is this: whatever you may seelittle tricks of speech or movementyou must not for one instant yield to
the thought that the creature that is obsessing him is what he thinks it is. Remember the thing is wholly evil,
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 133
Page No 136
wholly evil; but it may, perhaps, do its utmost to hide that, and to keep up the illusion. It is intelligent, but not
brilliant; it has the intelligence only of some venomous brute in the slime. Or it may try to frighten you. You
must not be frightened."
She understood hints here and there of what the old man said enough, at any rate, to act.
"And you must keep up to the utmost pitch your sympathy with him himself. You must remember that he is
somewhere there, underneath, in chains; and that, probably, he is struggling too, and needs you. It is not
Possession yet: he is still partly conscious. . . . Did he know you?"
"Yes; he just knew me. He was puzzled, I think."
"Has he seen anyone else he knows?"
"His mother . . . yes. He just knew her too. He did not speak to her. I would not let him."
"Miss Deronnais, you have acted admirably. . . . What is he doing now?"
"I don't know. I left him in his room. He was quite quiet."
"You must go back directly. . . . Shall we turn? I don't think there's much more to say just now."
Then she noticed that he had said nothing about the priest.
"And what about Father Mahon?" she said.
The old man was silent a moment.
"Well?" she said again.
"Miss Deronnais, I wouldn't rely on Father Mahon. I've hardly ever met a priest who takes these things
seriously. In theory yes, of course; but not in concrete instances. However, Father Mahon may be an
exception. And the worst of it is that the priesthood has enormous power, if they only knew it."
The tinkle of a bicycle bell sounded down the road behind them. Maggie wheeled on the instant, and caught
the profile she was expecting.
"Is that you?" she said, as the rider passed.
The man jumped off, touched his hat, and handed her a note. She tore it open, and glanced through it in the
light of the bicycle lamp. Then she crumpled it up and threw it into the ditch with a quick, impatient
movement.
"All right," she said. "Good night."
The gardener mounted his bicycle again and moved off.
"Well?" said the old man.
"Father Mahon's called away suddenly. It's from his housekeeper. He'll only be back in time for the first mass
to morrow."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 134
Page No 137
The other nodded, three or four times, as if in assent.
"Why do you do that?" asked the girl suddenly.
"It is what I should have expected to happen."
"What! Father Mahon?Do you mean it . . . it is arranged?"
"I know nothing. It may be coincidence. Speak no more of it. You have the facts to think of."
About them as they walked back in silence lay the quiet spring night. From the direction of the hamlet came
the banging of a door, then voices wishing good night, and the sound of footsteps. The steps passed the end
of the lane and died away again. Over the trees to the right were visible the high twisted chimney of the old
house where the terror dwelt.
"Two points then to remember," said the voice in the darkness"Courage and Love. Can you remember?"
Maggie bowed her head again in answer.
"I will call and ask to see you as soon as the household is up. If you can't see me, I shall understand that
things are going wellor you can send out a note to me. As for Mrs. Baxter"
"I shall not say one word to her until it becomes absolutely necessary. And if"
"If it becomes necessary I will wire for a doctor from town. I will undertake all the preliminary arrangements,
if you will allow me."
Ten steps before the corner they stopped.
"God bless you, Miss Deronnais. Remember, I am at the inn if you need me."
IV
Mrs. Baxter dined placidly in bed at about halfpast seven; but she was more sleepy than ever when she had
done. She was rash enough to drink a little claret and water.
"It always goes straight to my head, Charlotte," she explained. "Well, set the bookno, not that onethe
one bound in white parchment. . . . Yes, just so, down here; and turn the reading lamp so that I can read if I
want to. . . . Oh! ask Miss Maggie to tap at my door very softly when she comes out from dinner. Has she
gone down yet?"
"I think I heard her step just now, ma'am."
"Very well; then you can just tell Susan to let her know. How was Mr. Laurie looking, Charlotte?"
"I haven't seen him, ma'am."
"Very well. Then that is all, Charlotte. You can just look in here after Miss Maggie and settle me for the
night."
Then the door closed, and Mrs. Baxter instantly began to doze off.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 135
Page No 138
She was one of those persons whose moments between sleeping and waking, especially during a little attack
of feverishness, are occupied in contemplating a number of little vivid pictures of all kinds that present
themselves to the mental vision; and she saw as usual a quantity of these, made up of tiny details of the day
that was gone, and of other details markedly unconnected with it. She saw for example little scenes in which
Maggie and Charlotte and medicine bottles and Chinese faces and printed pages of a book all moved together
in a sort of convincing incoherence; and she was just beginning to lose herself in the depths of sleep, and to
forget her firm resolution of reading another page or so of the book by her side, when a little sound came, and
she opened, as she thought, her eyes.
Her reading lamp cast a funnel of light across her bed, and the rest of the room was lit only by the fire
dancing in the chimney. Yet this was bright enough, she thought at the time, to show her perfectly distinctly,
though with shadows fleeting across it, her son's face peering in at the door. She thought she said something;
but she was not sure afterwards. At any rate, the face did not move; and it seemed to her that it bore an
expression of such extraordinary malignity that she would hardly have known it for her son's. In a sudden
panic she raised herself in bed, staring; and as the shadows came and went, as she stared, the face was gone
again. Mrs. Baxter drew a quick breath or two as she looked; but there was nothing. Yet again she could have
sworn that she heard the faint jar of the closing door.
She reached out and put her hand on the bellstring that hung down over her bed. Then she hesitated. It was
too ridiculous, she told herself. Besides, Charlotte would have gone to her room.
But the fear did not go immediately; though she told herself again and again that it was just one of those little
waking visions that she knew so well.
She lay back on the pillow, thinking. . . . Why, they would have reached the fish by now. No; she would tell
Maggie when she came up. How Laurie would laugh tomorrow! Then, little by little, she dozed off once
more.
The next thing of which she was aware was Maggie bending over her.
"Asleep, Auntie dear?" said the girl softly.
The old lady murmured something. Then she sat up, suddenly.
"No, my dear. Have you finished dinner?"
"Yes, Auntie."
"Where's Laurie? I should like to see him for a minute."
"Not tonight, Auntie; you're too tired. Besides, I think he's gone to the smokingroom."
She acquiesced placidly.
"Very well, dearest. . . . Oh! Maggie, such a queer thing happened just nowwhen you were at dinner."
"Yes?"
"I thought I saw Laurie look in, just for an instant. But he looked awful, somehow. It was just one of my little
waking visions I've told you of, I suppose."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 136
Page No 139
The girl was silent; but the old lady saw her suddenly straighten herself.
"Just ask him whether he did look in, after all. It may just have been the shadow on his face."
"What time was it?"
"About ten past eight, I suppose, dearest. You'll ask him, won't you?"
"Yes, Auntie. . . . I think I'd better lock your door when I go out. You won't fancy such things then, will
you?"
"Very well, dearest. As you think best."
The old voice was becoming sleepy again: and Maggie stood watching a moment or two longer.
"Send Charlotte to me, dearest . . . Good night, my pet. . . . I'm too sleepy again. My love to Laurie."
"Yes, Auntie."
The old lady felt the girl's warm lips on her forehead. They seemed to linger a little. Then Mrs. Baxter lost
herself once more.
V
The public bar of the Wheatsheaf Inn was the scene this evening of a lively discussion. Some thought the old
gentleman, arrived that day from London, to be a new kind of commercial traveller, with designs upon the
gardens of the gentry; others that he was a sort of scientific collector; others, again, that he was a private
detective; and since there was no evidence at all, good or bad, in support of any one of these suggestions, a
very pretty debate became possible.
A silence fell when his step was heard to pass down the stairs and out into the street, and another half an hour
later when he returned. Then once more the discussion began.
At ten o'clock the majority of the men moved out into the moonlight to disperse homewards, as the landlord
began to put away the glasses and glance at the clock. Overhead the lighted blind showed where the
mysterious stranger still kept vigil; and over the way, beyond the still leafless trees, towered up the twisted
chimneys of Mrs. Baxter's house. No word had been spoken connecting the two, yet one or two of the men
glanced across the way in vague surmise.
Nearly a couple of hours later the landlord himself came to the door to give the great Mr. Nugent himself,
with whom he had been sitting in the inner parlour, a last goodnight, and he too noticed that the bedroom
window was still lighted up. He jerked his finger in the direction of it.
"A late old party," he said in an undertone.
Mr. Nugent nodded. He was still a little flushed with whisky and with his previous recountings of what would
have happened if his poor daughter had lived to marry the young squire, of his (Mr. Nugent's) swift social
advancement and its outward evidences, and of the hobnobbing with the gentry that would have taken place.
He looked reflectively across at the silhouette of the big house, all grey and silver in the full moon. The
landlord followed the direction of his eyes; and for some reason unknown to them both, the two stood there
silent for a full halfminute. Yet there was nothing exceptional to be seen.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 137
Page No 140
Immediately before them, across the road, rose the high oak paling that enclosed the lawn on this side, and
the immense limes that towered, untrimmed and unclipped, in delicate soaring filigree against the peacock
sky of night. Behind them showed the chimneys, above the dusky front of redbrick and the parapet. The
moon was not yet full upon the house, and the windows glimmered only here and there, in lines and sudden
patches where they caught the reflected light.
Yet the two looked at it in silence. They had seen such a sight fifty times before, for the landlord and the
other at least twice a week spent such an evening together, and usually parted at the door. But they stood here
on this evening and looked.
All was as still as a spring night can be. Unseen and unheard the life of the earth streamed upwards in twig
and blade and leaf, pushing on to the miracle of the prophet Jonas, to be revealed in wealth of colour and
scent and sound a fortnight later. The wind had fallen; the last doors were shut, and the two figures standing
here were as still as all else. To neither of them occurred even the thinnest shadow of a suspicion as to the
cause that held them heretwo plain menin silence, staring at an old housenot a thought of any hidden
life beyond that of matter, that life by which most men reckon existence. For them this was but one more
night such as they had known for half a century. There was a moon. It was fine. That was Mrs. Baxter's
house. This was the village street:that was the sum of the situation. . . .
Mr. Nugent moved off presently with a brisk air, bidding his friend good night, and the landlord, after another
look, went in. There came the sound of bolts and bars, the light in the window of the parlour beside the bar
suddenly went out, footsteps creaked upstairs; a door shut, and all was silence.
Half an hour later a shadow moved across the blind upstairs: an arm appeared to elongate itself; then, up went
the blind, the window followed it, and a bearded face looked out into the moonlight. Behind was the table
littered with papers, for Mr. Cathcart, laborious even in the midst of anxiety, had brought down with him for
the Sunday a quantity of business that could not easily wait; and had sat there patiently docketing, correcting,
and writing ever since his interview in the lane nearly five hours before.
Even now his face seemed serene enough; it jerked softly this way and that, up the street and down again;
then once more settled down to stare across the road at the grey and silver pile beyond the trees. Yet even he
saw nothing there beyond what the landlord had seen. It stood there, uncrossed by lights or footsteps or
sounds, keeping its secret well, even from him who knew what it contained.
Yet to the watcher the place was as sinister as a prison. Behind the solemn walls and the superficial flash of
the windows, beneath the silence and the serenity, lay a life more terrible than death, engaged now in some
drama of which he could not guess the issue. A conflict was proceeding there, more silent than the silence
itself. Two souls fought for one against a foe of unknown strength and unguessed possibilities. The servants
slept apart, and the old mistress apart, yet in one of those rooms (and he did not know which) a battle was
locked of which the issue was more stupendous than that of any struggle with disease. Yet he could do
nothing to help, except what he already did, with his fingers twisting and gripping a string of beads beneath
the windowsill. Such a battle as this must be fought by picked champions; and since the priesthood in this
instance could not help, a girl's courage and love must take its place.
From the village above the hill came the stroke of a single bell; a bird in the gardenwalk beyond the paling
chirped softly to his mate; then once more silence came down upon the moonlit street, the striped shadows,
the tall house and trees, and the bearded face watching at the window.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 138
Page No 141
CHAPTER XVII
I
THE little inner hall looked very quiet and familiar as Maggie Deronnais stood on the landing, passing
through her last struggle with herself before the shock of battle. The stairs went straight down, with the old
carpet, up and down which she had gone a thousand times, with every faint patch and line where it was a little
worn at the edges, visible in the lamplight from overhead; and she stared at these, standing there silent in her
white dress, barearmed and barenecked, with her hair in great coils on her head, as upright as a lance.
Beneath lay the little hall, with the tigerskin, the redpapered walls, and a few miscellaneous thingsan
old cloak of hers she used on rainy days in the garden, a straw hat of Laurie's, and a cap or two, hanging on
the pegs opposite. In front was the door to the outer hall, to the left, that of the smokingroom. The house
was perfectly quiet. Dinner had been cleared away already through the hatch into the kitchen passage, and the
servants' quarters were on the other side of the house. No sound of any kind came from the smokingroom;
not even the faint whiff of tobaccosmoke that had a way of stealing out when Laurie was smoking really
seriously within.
She did not know why, she had stopped there, halfway down the stairs.
She had dined from a tray in her own room, as she had said; and had been there alone ever since, for the most
part at her prieDieu, in dead silence, conscious of nothing connected, listening to the occasional tread of a
maid in the hall beneath, passing to and from the diningroom. There she had tried to face the ordeal that was
comingthe ordeal, at the nature of which even now she only half guessed, and she had realised nothing,
formed no plan, considered no eventuality. Things were so wholly out of her experience that she had no
process whereby to deal with them. Just two words came over and over again before her
consciousnessCourage and Love.
She looked again at the door.
Laurie was there, she said. Then she questioned herself. Was it Laurie? . . .
"He is there, underneath," she whispered to herself softly; "he is waiting for me to help him." She
remembered that she must make that act of faith. Yet was it Laurie who had looked in at his mother's door? . .
. Well, the door was locked now. But that secretive visit seemed to her terrible.
What, then, did she believe?
She had put that question to herself fifty times, and found no answer. The old man's solution was clear
enough now: he believed no less than that out of that infinitely mysterious void that lies beyond the veils of
sense there had come a Personality, strong, malignant, degraded, and seeking to degrade, seizing upon this
lad's soul, in the disguise of a dead girl, and desiring to possess it. How fantastic that sounded! Did she
believe it? She did not know. Then there was the solution of a nervous strain, rising to a climax of insanity.
This was the answer of the average doctor. Did she believe that? Was that enough to account for the look in
the boy's eyes? She did not know.
She understood perfectly that the fact of herself living under conditions of matter made the second solution
the more natural; yet that did not content her. For her religion informed her emphatically that discarnate
Personalities existed which desired the ruin of human souls, and, indeed, forbade the practices of spiritualism
for this very reason. Yet there was hardly a Catholic she knew who regarded the possibility in these days as
more than a theoretical one. So she hesitated, holding her judgment in suspense. One thing only she saw
clearly, and that was that she must act as if she believed the former solution: she must treat the boy as one
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 139
Page No 142
obsessed, whether indeed he were so or not. There was no other manner in which she could concentrate her
force upon the heart of the struggle. If there were no evil Personality in the affair, it was necessary to assume
one.
And still she waited.
There came back to her an old childish memory.
Once, as a child of ten, she had had to undergo a small operation. One of the nuns had taken her to the
doctor's house. When she had understood that she must come into the next room and have it done, she had
stopped dead. The nun had encouraged her.
"Leave me quite alone, please, Mother, just for one minute. Please don't speak. I'll come in a minute."
After a minute's waiting, while they looked at her, she had gone forward, sat down in the chair and behaved
quite perfectly. Yes; she understood that now. It was necessary first to collect forces, to concentrate energies,
to subdue the imagination: after that almost anything could be borne.
So she stood here now, without even the thought of flight, not arguing, not reassuring herself, not analysing
anything; but just gathering strength, screwing the will tight, facing things.
And there was yet another psychological fact that astonished her, though she was only conscious of it in a
parenthetical kind of way, and that was the strength of her feeling for Laurie himself. It seemed to her
curious, when she considered it, how the horror of that which lay over the boy seemed, like death itself, to
throw out as on a clear background the best of himself. His figure appeared to her memory as wholly good
and sweet; the shadows on his character seemed absorbed in the darkness that lay over him; and towards this
figure she experienced a sense of protective love and energy that astonished her. She desired with all her
power to seize and rescue him.
Then she drew a long steady breath, thrust out her strong white hand to see if the fingers trembled; went
down the stairs, and, without knocking, opened the smokingroom door and went straight in, closing it
behind her. There was a screen to be passed round.
She passed round it.
And he sat there on the couch looking at her.
II
For the first instant she remained there standing motionless; it was like a declaration of war. In one or two of
her fragmentary rehearsals upstairs she had supposed she would say something conventional to begin with.
But the reality struck conventionality clean out of the realm of the possible. Her silent pause there was as
significant as the crouch of a hound; and she perceived that it was recognised to be so by the other that was
there. There was in him that quick, silent alertness she had expected: half defiant, half timid, as of a fierce
beast that expects a blow.
Then she came a step forward and sideways to a chair, sat down in it with a swift, almost menacing motion,
and remained there still looking.
This is what she saw:
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 140
Page No 143
There was the familiar background, the dark panelled wall, the engraving, and the shelf of books convenient
to the hand; the fire was on her right, and the couch opposite. Upon the couch sat the figure of the boy she
knew so well.
He was in the same suit in which he had travelled; he had not even changed his shoes; they were splashed a
little with London mud. These things she noticed in the minutes that followed, though she kept her eyes upon
his face.
The face itself was beyond her power of analysis. Line for line it was Laurie's features, mouth, eyes and hair;
yet its signification was not Laurie's. One that was akin looked at her from out of those windows of the
soulscrutinised her cautiously, questioningly, and suspiciously. It was the face of an enemy who waits.
And she sat and looked at it.
A full minute must have passed before she spoke. The face had dropped its eyes after the first long look, as if
in a kind of relaxation, and remained motionless, staring at the fire in a sort of dejection. Yet beneath, she
perceived plainly, there was the same alert hostility; and when she spoke the eyes rose again with a quick
furtive attentiveness. The semiintelligent beast was soothed, but not yet reassured.
"Laurie?" she said.
The lips moved a little in answer; then again the face glanced down sideways at the fire; the hands dangled
almost helplessly between the knees.
There was an appearance of weakness about the attitude that astonished and encouraged her; it appeared as if
matters were not yet consummated. Yet she had a sense of nausea at the sight. . . .
"Laurie?" she said again suddenly.
Again the lips moved as if speaking rapidly, and the eyes looked up at her quick and suspicious.
"Well?" said the mouth; and still the hands dangled.
"Laurie," she said steadily, bending all her will at the words, "you're very unwell. Do you understand that?"
Again the noiseless gabbling of the lips, and again a little commonplace sentence, "I'm all right."
His voice was unnaturala little hoarse, and quite toneless. It was as a voice from behind a mask.
"No," said Maggie carefully, "you're not all right. Listen, Laurie. I tell you you're all wrong; and I've come to
help you as well as I can. Will you do your best? I'm speaking to you, Laurie . . . to you."
Every time he answered, the lips flickered first as in rapid conversationas of a man seen talking through a
window; but this time he stammered a little over his vowels.
"III'm all right."
Maggie leaned forward, her hands clasped tightly, and her eyes fixed steadily on that baffling face.
"Laurie; it's you I'm speaking toyou. . . . Can you hear me? Do you understand?"
Again the eyes rose quick and suspicious; and her hands knit yet more closely together as she fought down
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 141
Page No 144
the rising nausea. She drew a long breath first; then she delivered a little speech which she had half rehearsed
upstairs. As she spoke he looked at her again.
"Laurie," she said, "I want you to listen to me very carefully, and to trust me. I know what is the matter with
you; and I think you know too. You can't fightfight him by yourself. . . . Just hold on as tightly as you can
to mewith your mind, I mean. Do you understand?"
For a moment she thought that he perceived something of what she meant: he looked at her so earnestly with
those odd questioning eyes. Then he jerked ever so slightly, as if some string had been suddenly pulled, and
glanced down again at the fire. . . .
"I . . . I . . . I'm all right," he said.
It was horrible to see that motionlessness of body. He sat there as he had probably sat since entering the
room. His eyes moved, but scarcely his head; and his hands hung down helplessly.
"Laurie . . . attend . . ." she began again. Then she broke off.
"Have you prayed, Laurie? . . . Do you understand what has happened to you? You aren't really illat least,
not exactly; but"
Again those eyes lifted, looked, and dropped again.
It was piteous. For the instant the sense of nausea vanished, swallowed up in emotion. Why . . . why, he was
there all the whileLaurie . . . dear Laurie. . . .
With one motion, swift and impetuous, she had thrown herself forward on to her knees, and clasped at the
hanging hands.
"Laurie! Laurie!" she cried. "You haven't prayed . . . you've been playing, and the machinery has caught you.
But it isn't too late! Oh, God! it's not too late. Pray with me! Say the Our Father. . . ."
Again slowly the eyes moved round. He had started ever so little at her rush, and the seizing of his hands; and
now she felt those hands moving weakly in her own, as of a sleeping child who tries to detach himself from
his mother's arms.
"I . . . I . . . I'm all"
She grasped his hands more fiercely, staring straight up into those strange piteous eyes that revealed so little,
except formless commotion and uneasiness.
"Say the Our Father with me. `Our Father'"
Then his hands tore back, with a movement as fierce as her own, and the eyes blazed with an unreal light. She
still clung to his wrists, looking up, struck with a paralysis of fear at the change, and the furious hostility that
flamed up in the face. The lips writhed back, half snarling, half smiling. . . .
"Let go! let go!" he hissed at her. "What are you"
"The Our Father, Laurie . . . the Our"
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 142
Page No 145
He wrenched himself backwards, striking her under the chin with his knee. The couch slid backwards a foot
against the wall, and he was on his feet. She remained terrorstricken, shocked, looking up at the dully
flushed face that glared down on her.
"Laurie! Laurie! . . . Don't you understand? Say one prayer"
"How dare you?" he whispered; "how dare you"
She stood up suddenlywrenching her will back to self command. Her breath still came quick and panting;
and she waited until once more she breathed naturally. And all the while he stood looking down at her with
eyes of extraordinary malevolence.
"Well, will you sit quietly and listen?" she said. "Will you do that?"
Still he stared at her, with lips closed, breathing rapidly through his nostrils. With a sudden movement she
turned and went to her chair, sat down and waited.
He still watched her; then, with his eyes on her, with movements as of a man in the act of selfdefence,
wheeled out the sofa to its place, and sat down. She waited till the tension of his figure seemed to relax again,
till the quick glances at her from beneath drooping eyelids ceased, and once more he settled down with
dangling hands to look at the fire. Then she began again, quietly and decisively.
"Your mother isn't well," she said. "No . . . just listen quietly. What is going to happen tomorrow? I'm
speaking to you, Laurie to you. Do you understand?"
"I'm all right," he said dully.
She disregarded it.
"I want to help you, Laurie. You know that, don't you? I'm Maggie Deronnais. You remember?"
"YesMaggie Deronnais," said the boy, staring at the fire.
"Yes, I'm Maggie. You trust me, don't you, Laurie? You can believe what I say? Well, I want you to fight too.
You and I together. Will you let me do what I can?"
Again the eyes rose, with that odd questioning look. Maggie thought she perceived something else there too.
She gathered her forces quietly in silence an instant or two, feeling her heart quicken like the pulse of a
moving engine. Then she sprang to her feet.
"Listen, thenin the name of Jesus of Nazareth"
He recoiled violently with a movement so fierce that the words died on her lips. For one moment she thought
he was going to spring. And again he was on his feet, snarling. There was silence for an interminable instant;
then a stream of words, scorching and ferocious, snarled at her like the furious growling of a doga string of
blasphemies and filth.
Just so much she understood. Yet she held her ground, unable to speak, conscious of the torrent of language
that swirled against her from that suffused face opposite, yet not understanding a tenth part of what she heard.
. . . "In the name of . . ."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 143
Page No 146
On the instant the words ceased; but so overpowering was the venom and malice of the silence that followed
that again she was silent, perceiving that the utmost she could do was to hold her ground. So the two stood. If
the words were horrible to hear, the silence was more horrible a thousand times; it was as when a man faces
the suddenly opened door of a furnace and sees the white cavern within.
He was the first to speak.
"You had better take care," he said.
III
She scarcely knew how it was that she found herself again in her chair, with the figure seated opposite.
It seemed that the direct assault was useless. And indeed she was no longer capable of making it. The nausea
had returned, and with it a sensation of weakness. Her knees still were lax and useless; and her hand, as she
turned it on the chairarm, shook violently. Yet she had a curious sense of irresponsibility: there was no
longer any terrornothing but an overpowering weakness of reaction.
She sat back in silence for some minutes, looking now at the fire too, now at the figure opposite, noticing,
however, that the helplessness seemed gone. His hands dangled no longer; he sat upright, his hands clasped,
yet with a curious look of stiffness and unnaturalness.
Once more she began deliberately to attempt to gather her forces; but the will, it appeared, had lost its
nervous grasp of the faculties. It had no longer that quick grip and command with which she had begun.
Passivity rather than activity seemed her strength. . . .
Then suddenly and, as it appeared, inevitably, without movement or sound, she began internally to pray,
closing her eyes, careless, and indeed unfearing. It seemed her one hope. And behind the steady movement of
her willsufficient at least to elicit acts of petitionher intellect observed a thousand images and thoughts.
She perceived the silence of the house and of the breathless spring night outside; she considered Mr. Cathcart
in the inn across the road, Mrs. Baxter upstairs: she contemplated the future as it would be on the
morrowEaster Day, was it not?the past, and scarcely at all the present. She relinquished all plans, all
intentions and hopes: she leaned simply upon the supernatural, like a tired child, and looked at pictures.
In remembering it all afterwards, she recalled to herself the fact that this process of prayer seemed strangely
tranquil; that there had been in her a consciousness of rest and recuperation as marked as that which a
traveller feels who turns into a lighted house from a stormy night. The presence of that other in the room was
not even an interruption; the nervous force that the other had generated just now seemed harmless and
ineffective.
For a time, at least, that was so. But there came a moment when it appeared as if her almost mechanical and
rhythmical action of internal effort began to grip something. It was as when an engine after running free
clenches itself again upon some wheel or cog.
The moment she was aware of this, she opened her eyes; and saw that the other was looking straight at her
intently and questioningly. And in that moment she perceived for the first time that her conflict lay, not
externally, as she had thought, but in some interior region of which she was wholly ignorant. It was not by
word or action, but by something else which she only half understood that she was to struggle. . . .
She closed her eyes again with quite a new kind of determination. It was not selfcommand that she needed,
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 144
Page No 147
but a steady interior concentration of forces.
She began again that resolute wordless play of the will dismissing with a series of efforts the intellectual
images of thoughtthat play of the will which, it seemed, had affected the boy opposite in a new way. She
had no idea of what the crisis would be, or how it would come. She only saw that she had struck upon a new
path that led somewhere. She must follow it.
Some little sound roused her; she opened her eyes and looked up.
He had shifted his position, and for a moment her heart leapt with hope. For he sat now leaning forward, his
elbows on his knees, and his head in his hands, and in the shaded lamplight it seemed that he was shaking.
She too moved, and the rustle of her dress seemed to reach him. He glanced up, and before he dropped his
head again she caught a clear sight of his face. He was laughing, silently and overpoweringly, without a
sound. . . .
For a moment the nausea seized her so fiercely that she gasped, catching at her throat; and she stared at that
bowed head and shaking shoulders with a horror that she had not felt before. The laughter was worse than all:
and it was a little while before she perceived its unreality. It was like a laughing machine. And the silence of
it gave it a peculiar touch.
She wrestled with herself, driving down the despair that was on her. Courage and love.
Again she leaned back without speaking, closing her eyes to shut out the terror, and began desperately and
resolutely to bend her will again to the task.
Again a little sound disturbed her.
Once more he had shifted his position, and was looking straight at her with a curious air of detached interest.
His face looked almost natural, though it was still flushed with that forced laughter; but the mirth itself was
gone. Then he spoke abruptly and sharply, in the tone of a man who speaks to a tiresome child; and a little
conversation followed, in which she found herself taking a part, as in an unnatural dream.
"You had better take care," he said.
"I am not afraid."
"WellI have warned you. It is at your own risk. What are you doing?"
"I am praying."
"I thought so. . . . Well, you had better take care."
She nodded at him; closed her eyes once more with new confidence, and set to work.
After that a series of little scenes followed, of which, a few days later, she could only give a disconnected
account.
She had heard the locking of the front door a long while ago; and she knew that the household was gone to
bed. It was then that she realised how long the struggle would be. But the next incident was marked in her
memory by her hearing the tall clock in the silent hall outside beat one. It was immediately after this that he
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 145
Page No 148
spoke once more.
"I have stood it long enough," he said, in that same abrupt manner.
She opened her eyes.
"You are still praying?" he said.
She nodded.
He got up without a word and came over to her, leaning forward with his hands on his knees to peer into her
face. Again, to her astonishment, she was not terrified. She just waited, looking narrowly at the strange
person who looked through Laurie's eyes and spoke through his mouth. It was all as unreal as a fantastic
dream. It seemed like some abominable game or drama that had to be gone through.
"And you mean to go on praying?"
"Yes."
"Do you think it's the slightest use?"
"Yes."
He smiled unnaturally, as if the muscles of his mouth were not perfectly obedient.
"Well, I have warned you," he said.
Then he turned, went back to his couch, and this time lay down on it flat, turning over on his side, away from
her, as if to sleep. He settled himself there like a dog. She looked at him a moment; then closed her eyes and
began again.
Five minutes later she understood.
The first symptom of which she was aware was a powerlessness to formulate her prayers. Up to that point she
had leaned, as has been said, on an enormous Power external to herself, yet approached by an interior way.
Now it required an effort of the will to hold to that Power at all. In terms of space, let it be said that she had
rested, like a child in the dark, upon Something that sustained her: now she was aware that it no longer
sustained her; but that it needed a strong continuous effort to apprehend it at all. There was still the dark
about her; but it was of a different qualityit cannot be expressed otherwiseit was as the darkness of an
unknown gulf compared to the darkness of a familiar room. It was of such a nature that space and form
seemed meaningless. . . .
The next symptom was a sense of terror, comparable only to that which she had succeeded in crushing down
as she stood on the stairs four or five hours before. That, however, had been external to her; she had entered
it. Now it had entered her, and lay, heavy as pitch, upon the very springs of her interior life. It was terror of
something to come. That which it heralded was not yet come: but it was approaching.
The third symptom was the approach itselfswift and silent, like the running of a bear; so swift that it was
upon her through the dark before she could stir or act. It came upon her, in a flash at the last; and she
understood the whole secret.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 146
Page No 149
It is possible only to describe it as, afterwards, she described it herself. The powerlessness and the terror were
no more than the faroff effect of its approach; the Thing itself was the centre.
Of that realm of being from which it came she had no previous conception: she had known evil only in its
effectsin sins of herself and othersknown it as a man passing through a hospital ward sees flushed or
pale faces, or bandaged wounds. Now she caught some glimpse of its essence, in the atmosphere of this
bearlike thing that was upon her. As aches and pains are to Death, so were sins to this
Personalitysymptoms, premonitions, causes, but not Itself. And she was aware that the Thing had come
from a spiritual distance so unthinkable and immeasurable, that the very word distance meant little.
Of the Presence itself and its mode she could use nothing better than metaphors. But those to whom she
spoke were given to understand that it was not this or that faculty of her being that, so to speak, pushed
against it; but that her entire being was saturated so entirely, that it was but just possible to distinguish her
inmost self from it. The understanding no longer moved; the emotions no longer rebelled; memory simply
ceased. Yet through the worst there remained one minute, infinitesimally small spark of identity that
maintained "I am I; and I am not that." There was no analysis or consideration; scarcely even a sense of
disgust. In fact for a while there was a period when to that tiny spot of identity it appeared that it would be an
incalculable relief to cease from striving, and to let self itself be merged in that Personality so amazingly
strong and compelling, that had precipitated itself upon the rest. . . . Relief? Certainly. For though emotion as
most men know it was crushed outthat emotion stirred by human love or hatredthere remained an
instinct which strove, which, by one long continuous tension, maintained itself in being.
For the malignity of the thing was overwhelming. It was not mere pressure; it had a character of its own for
which the girl afterwards had no words. She could only say that, so far from being negation, or emptiness, or
nonbeing, it had an air, hot as flame, black as pitch, and hard as iron.
That then was the situation for a time which she could only afterwards reckon by guesswork; there was no
development or movementno measurable incidents; there was but the state that remained poised; below all
those comparatively superficial faculties with which men in general carry on their affairsthat state in which
two Personalities faced one another, welded together in a grip that lay on the very brink of
CHAPTER XVIII
THE cocks were crowing from the yards behind the village when Maggie opened her eyes, clear shrill music,
answered from the hill as by their echoes, and the yews outside were alive with the dawnchirping of the
sparrows.
She lay there quite quietly, watching under her tired eyelids, through the still unshuttered windows, the
splendid glow, seen behind the twisted stems in front and the slender fairy forest of birches on the further side
of the garden. Immediately outside the window lay the path, deep in yewneedles, the groundivy beyond,
and the wet lawn glistening in the strange mystical light of morning.
She had no need to remember or consider. She knew every step and process of the night. That was Laurie
who lay opposite in a deep sleep, his head on his arm, breathing deeply and regularly; and this was the little
smokingroom where she had seen the cigarettes laid ready against his coming, last night.
There was still a log just alight on the hearth, she noticed. She got out of her chair, softly and stiffly, for she
felt intolerably languid and tired. Besides, she must not disturb the boy. So she went down on her knees, and,
with infinite craft, picked out a coal or two from the fender and dropped them neatly into the core of redheat
that still smouldered. But a fragment of wood detached itself and fell with a sharp sound; and she knew, even
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 147
Page No 150
without turning her head, that the boy had awakened. There was a faint inarticulate murmur, a rustle and a
long sigh.
Then she turned round.
Laurie was lying on his back, his arms clasped behind his head, looking at her with a quiet meditative air. He
appeared no more astonished or perplexed than herself. He was a little whitelooking and tired in the light of
dawn, but his eyes were bright and sure.
She rose from her knees again, still silent, and stood looking down on him, and he looked back at her. There
was no need of speech. It was one of those moments in which one does not even say that there are no words
to use; one just regards the thing, like a stretch of open country. It is contemplation, not comment, that is
needed.
Her eyes wandered away presently, with the same tranquillity, to the brightening garden outside; and her
slowly awakening mind, expanding within, sent up a little scrap of quotation to be answered.
"While it was yet early . . . there came to the sepulchre." How did it run? "Mary . . ." Then she spoke.
"It is Easter Day, Laurie."
The boy nodded gently; and she saw his eyes slowly closing once more; he was not yet half awake. So she
went past him on tiptoe to the window, turned the handle, and opened the white tall frameworklike door. A
gush of air, sweet as wine, laden with the smell of dew and spring flowers and wet lawns, stole in to meet her;
and a blackbird, in the shrubbery across the garden, broke into song, interrupted himself, chattered
melodiously, and scurried out to vanish in a long curve behind the yews. The very world itself of beast and
bird was still but half awake, and from the hamlet outside the fence, beyond the trees, rose as yet no skein of
smoke and no sound of feet upon the cobbles.
For the time no future presented itself to her. The minutes that passed were enough. She regarded indeed the
fact of the old man asleep in the inn, of the old lady upstairs, but she rehearsed nothing of what should be said
to them by and by. She did not even think of the hour, or whether she should go to bed presently for a while.
She traced no sequence of thought; she scarcely gave a glance at what was past; it was the present only that
absorbed her; and even of the present not more than a fraction lay before her attentionthe wet lawn, the
brightening east, the cool airthose with the joy that had come with the morning were enough.
Again came the long sigh behind her; and a moment afterwards there was a step upon the floor, and Laurie
himself stood by her. She glanced at him sideways, wondering for an instant whether his mood was as hers;
and his grave, tired, boyish face was answer enough. He met her eyes, and then again let his own stray out to
the garden.
He was the first to speak.
"Maggie," he said, "I think we had best never speak of this again to one another." She nodded, but he went
on
"I understand very little. I wish to understand no more. I shall ask no questions, and nothing need be said to
anybody. You agree?"
"I agree perfectly," she said.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 148
Page No 151
"And not a word to my mother, of course."
"Of course not."
The two were silent again.
And now realityor rather, the faculties of memory and consideration by which reality is
apprehendedwere once more coming back to the girl and beginning to stir in her mind. She began, gently
now, and without perturbation, to recall what had passed, the long crescendo of the previous months, the
gathering mutter of the spiritual storm that had burst last nighteven the roar and flare of the storm itself,
and the mad instinctive fight for the conscious life and identity of herself through which she had struggled.
And it seemed to her as if the storm, like others in the material plane, had washed things clean again, and
discharged an oppression of which she had been but half conscious. Neither was it herself alone who had
emerged into this "clear shining after rain"; but the boy that stood by her seemed to her to share in her joy.
They stood here together now in a spiritual garden, of which this lovely morning was no more than a clumsy
translation into another tongue. There stirred an air about them which was as wine to the soul, a coolness and
clearness that was beyond thought, in a radiance that shone through all that was bathed within it, as sunlight
that filtered through water. She perceived then that the experience had been an initiation for them both, that
here they stood, one by the other, each transparent to the other, or, at least, he transparent to her; and she
wondered, not whether he would see it as she did, for of that she was confident, but when. For this space of
silence she perceived him through and through, and understood that perception was everything. She saw the
flaws in him as plainly as in herself, the cracks in the crystal; yet these did not matter, for the crystal was
crystal. . . .
So she waited, confident, until he should understand it too.
"But that is only one fraction of what is in my mind" He broke off.
Then for the first time since she had opened her eyes just now her heart began to beat. That which had lain
hidden for so longthat which she had crushed down under stone and seal and bidden lie stillyet that
which had held her resolute, all unknown to herself, through the night that was goneonce more asserted
itself and waited for liberation.
"Yet how dare I" began Laurie.
Again she glanced at him, terrified lest that which was in her heart should declare itself too plainly by eyes
and lips; and she saw how he still looked across the garden, yet seeing nothing but his own thought written
there against the glory of sky and leaf and grass. His face caught the splendour from the east, and she saw in
it the lines that would tell always of the anguish through which he was come; and again the terror in her heart
leapt to the other side, in spite of her confidence, and bade her fear lest through some mistake, some
conventional shame, he should say no more.
Then he turned his troubled eyes and looked her in the face, and as he looked the trouble cleared.
"WhyMaggie!" he said. EPILOGUE "THE worst of it all is," said Maggie, four months later, to a very
patient female friend who adored her, and was her confidante just then"the worst of it is that I'm not in the
least sure of what it is that I believe even now."
"Tell me, dear," said the girl.
The two were sitting out in a delightfully contrived retreat cut out at the lower end of the double hedge.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 149
Page No 152
Above them and on two sides rose masses of August greenery, hazel and beech, as close as the roof and walls
of a summerhouse: the long path ran in green gloom up to the old brick steps beneath the yews: and before
the two girls rested the pleasant apparatus of tea silver, china and damask, all the more delightful from its
barbaric contrast with its surroundings.
Maggie looked marvellously well, considering the nervous strain that had come upon her about Eastertime.
She had collapsed altogether, it seemed, in Easter week itself, and had been for a long restone at her own
dear French convent until a week ago, being entirely forbidden by the nuns to speak of her experiences at all,
so soon as they had heard the rough outline. Mrs. Baxter had spent the time in rather melancholy travel on the
Continent, and was coming back this evening.
"It seems to me now exactly like a very bad dream," said Maggie pensively, beginning to measure in the tea
with a small silver scoop. "Oh! Mabel; may I tell you exactly what is in my mind: and then we won't talk of it
any more at all?"
"Oh! do," said the girl, with a little comfortable movement.
When the tea had been poured out and the plates set ready to hand, Maggie began.
"It seems perfectly dreadful of me to have any doubts at all, after all this; but . . . but you don't know how
queer it seems. There's a kind of thick hedge" she waved a hand illustratively to the hazels beside
her"a kind of thick hedge between me and EasterI suppose it's the illness: the nuns tell me so. Well, it's
like that. I can see myself, and Laurie, and Mr. Cathcart, and all the rest of them, like figures moving beyond;
and they all seem to me to be behaving rather madly, as if they saw something that I can't see. . . . Oh! it's
hopeless. . . .
"Well, the first theory I have is that these little figures, myself included, really see something that I can't now:
that there really was something or somebody, which makes them dance about like that. (Yes: that's not
grammar; but you understand, don't you?) Well, I'll come back to that presently.
"And my next theory is this . . . is this"Maggie sipped her tea meditatively"my next theory is that the
whole thing was simple imagination, or, rather, imagination acting upon a few little facts and coincidences,
and perhaps a little fraud too. Do you know the way, if you're jealous or irritable, the way in which
everything seems to fit in? Every single word the person you're suspicious of utters all fits in and corroborates
your idea. It isn't mere imagination: you have real facts, of a kind; but what's the matter is that you choose to
take the facts in one way and not another. You select and arrange until the thing is perfectly convincing. And
yet, you know, in nine cases out of ten it's simply a lie! . . . Oh! I can't explain all the things, certainly. I can't
explain, for instance, the pencil affairwhen it stood up on end before Laurie's eyes; that is, if it did really
stand up at all. He says himself that the whole thing seems rather dim now, as if he had seen it in a very vivid
dream. (Have one of these sugar things?)
"Then there are the appearances Laurie saw; and the extraordinary effect they finally had upon him. Oh! yes;
at the time, on the night of Easter Eve, I mean, I was absolutely certain that the thing was real, that he was
actually obsessed, that the thingthe Personality, I meancame at me instead, and that somehow I won.
Mr. Cathcart tells me I'm rightWell; I'll come to that presently. But if it didn't happen, I certainly can't
explain what did; but there are a good many things one can't explain; and yet one doesn't instantly rush to the
conclusion that they're done by the devil. People say that we know very little indeed about the inner working
of our own selves. There's instinct, for instance. We know nothing about that except that it is so. `Inherited
experience' is only rather a clumsy phrasea piece of paper gummed up to cover a crack in the wall.
"And that brings me to my third theory."
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 150
Page No 153
Maggie poured out for herself a second cup of tea.
"My third theory I'm rather vague about, altogether. And yet I see quite well that it may be the true one.
(Please don't interrupt till I've quite done.)
"We've got in us certain powers that we don't understand at all. For instance, there's thoughtprojection.
There's not a shadow of doubt that that is so. I can sit here and send you a message of what I'm thinking
aboutoh! vaguely, of course. It's another form of what we mean by Sympathy and Intuition. Well, you
know, some people think that haunted houses can be explained by this. When the murder is going on, the
murderer and the murdered person are probably fearfully excitedanger, fear, and so on. That means that
their whole being is stirred up right to the bottom, and that their hidden powers are frightfully active. Well,
the idea is that these hidden powers are almost like acids, or gasHudson tells us all about that and that
they can actually stamp themselves upon the room to such a degree that when a sympathetic person comes in,
years afterwards, perhaps, he sees the whole thing just as it happened. It acts upon his mind first, of course,
and then outwards through the sensesjust the reverse order to that in which we generally see things.
"Wellthat's only an illustration. Now my idea is this: How do we know whether all the things that
happened, from the pencil and the rappings and the automatic writing, right up to the appearances Laurie saw,
were not just the result of these inner powers. . . . Look here. When one person projects his thought to another
it arrives generally like a very faint phantom of the thing he's thinking about. If I'm thinking of the ace of
hearts, you see a white rectangle with a red spot in the middle. See? Well, multiply all that a hundred times,
and one can just see how it might be possible that the thought of . . . of Mr. Vincent and Laurie together
might produce a kind of unreal phantom that could even be touched, perhaps. . . . Oh! I don't know."
Maggie paused. The girl at her side gave an encouraging murmur.
"Wellthat's about all," said Maggie slowly.
"But you haven't"
"Why, how stupid! Yes: the first theory. . . . Now that just shows how unreal it is to me now. I'd forgotten it.
"Well, the first theory, my dear brethren, divides itself into two headsfirst the theory of the spiritualists,
secondly the theory of Mr. Cathcart. (He's a dear, Mabel, even though I don't believe one word he says.)
"Well, the spiritualist theory seems to me simple R.O.T. rot. Mr. Vincent, Mrs. Stapleton, and the rest,
really think that the souls of people actually come back and do these things; that it was, really and truly, poor
dear Amy Nugent who led Laurie such a dance. I'm quite, quite certain that that's not true whatever else is. . .
. Yes, I'll come to the coincidences presently. But how can it possibly be that Amy should come back and do
these things, and hurt Laurie so horribly? Why, she couldn't if she tried. My dear, to be quite frank, she was a
very common little thing: and, besides, she wouldn't have hurt a hair of his head.
"Now for Mr. Cathcart."
There was a long pause. A small cat stepped out suddenly from the hazel tangle behind and eyed the two
girls. Then, quite noiselessly, as it caught Maggie's eye, it opened its mouth in a pathetic curve intended to
represent. an appeal.
"You darling!" cried Maggie suddenly; seized a saucer, filled it with milk, and set it on the ground. The small
cat stepped daintily down, and set to work.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 151
Page No 154
"Yes?" said the other girl tentatively.
"Oh! Mr. Cathcart . . . Well, I must say that his theory fits in with what Father Mahon says. But, you know,
theology doesn't say that this or that particular thing is the devil, or has actually happened in any given
instanceonly that, if it really does happen, it is the devil, Well, this is Mr. Cathcart's idea. It's a long story:
you mustn't mind.
"First, he believes in the devil in quite an extraordinary way. . . . Oh! yes, I know we do too; but it's so very
real indeed with him. He believes that the air is simply thick with them, all doing their very utmost to get
hold of human beings. Yes, I suppose we do believe that too; but I expect that since there are such a quantity
of thingslike bad dreamsthat we used to think were the devil, and now only turn out to be indigestion,
that we're rather too sceptical. Well, Mr. Cathcart believes both in indigestion, so to speak, and the devil. He
believes that those evil spirits are at us all the time, trying to get in at any crack they can findthat in one
person they produce lunacy I must say it seems to me rather odd the way in which lunatics so very often
become horribly blasphemous and things like thatand in another just shattered nerves, and so on. They take
advantage, he says, of any weak spot anywhere.
"Now one of the easiest ways of all is through spiritualism. Spiritualism is wrongwe know that well
enough; it is wrong because it's trying to live a life and find out things that are beyond us at present. It's
`wrong' on the very lowest estimate, because it's outraging our human nature. Yes, Mabel, that's his phrase.
Good intentions, therefore, don't protect us in the least. To go to séances with good intentions is like . . . like .
. . holding a smokingconcert in a powdermagazine on behalf of an orphan asylum. It's not the least
protectionI'm not being profane, my dearit's not the least protection to open the concert with prayer.
We've got no business there at all. So we're blown up just the same.
"The danger? . . . Oh! the danger's this, Mr. Cathcart says. At séances, if they're genuine, and with automatic
handwriting and all the rest, you deliberately approach those powers in a friendly way, and by the sort of
passivity which you've got to get yourself into, you open yourself as widely as possible to their entrance.
Very often they can't get in; and then you're only bothered. But sometimes they can, and then you're done. It's
particularly hard to get them out again.
"Now, of course, no one in his sensesespecially decent peoplewould dream of doing all this if he knew
what it all meant. So these creatures, whatever they may be, always pretend to be somebody else. They're
very sharp: they can pick up all kinds of odds and ends, little tricks, and little facts; and so, with these, they
impersonate someone whom the inquirer's very fond of; and they say all sorts of pious, happy little things at
first in order to lead them on. So they go on for a long time saying that religion's quite true. (By the way, it's
rather too odd the way in which the Catholic Church seems the one thing they don't like! You can be almost
anything else, if you're a spiritualist; but you can't be a Catholic.) Generally, though, they tell you to say your
prayers and sing hymns. (Father Mahon the other day, when I was arguing with him about having some
hymns in church, said that heretics always went in for hymns!) And so you go on. Then they begin to hint
that religion's not worth much; and then they attack morals. Mr. Cathcart wouldn't tell me about that; but he
said it got just as bad as it could be, if you didn't take care."
Maggie paused again, looking rather serious. Her voice had risen a little, and a new colour had come to her
face as she talked. She stooped to pick up the saucer.
"Dearest, had you better"
"Oh! yes: I've just about done," said Maggie briskly. "There's hardly any more. Well, there's the idea. They
want to get possession of human beings and move them, so they start like that.
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 152
Page No 155
"Well; that's what Mr. Cathcart says happened to Laurie. One of those Beasts came and impersonated poor
Amy. He picked up certain things about herher appearance, her trick of stammering, and of playing with
her fingers, and about her grave and so on: and then, finally, made his appearance in her shape."
"I don't understand about that," murmured the girl.
"Oh! my dear, I can't bother about that now. There's a lot about astral substance, and so on. Besides, this is
only what Mr. Cathcart says. As I told you, I'm not at all sure that I believe one word of it. But that's his
idea."
Maggie stopped again suddenly, and leaned back, staring out at the luminous green roof of hazels above her.
The small cat could be discerned halfway up the leafy tunnel swaying its body in preparation for a pounce,
while overhead sounded an agitated twittering. Mabel seized a pebble, and threw it with such success that the
swaying stopped, and a reproachful catface looked round at her.
"There!" said Mabel comfortably; and then, "Well, what do you really think?"
Maggie smiled reflectively.
"That's exactly what I don't know myself in the very least. As I said, all this seems to me more like a
dreamand a very bad one. I think it's the . . . the nastiest thing," she added vindictively, "that I've ever
come across; I don't want to hear one word more about it as long as I live."
"But"
"Oh, my dear, why can't we be all just sensible and normal? I love doing just ordinary little thingsthe
garden, and the chickens, and the cat and dog and complaining to the butcher. I cannot imagine what anybody
wants with anything else. Yes; I suppose I do, in a sort of way, believe Mr. Cathcart. It seems to me, granted
the spiritual world at allwhich, naturally, I do grantfar the most intelligent explanation. It seems to me,
intellectually, far the most broadminded explanation; because it really does take in all the factsif they are
factsand accounts for them reasonably. Whereas the subjectiveself businessoh, it's frightfully clever
and ingeniousbut it does assume such a very great deal. It seems to me rather like the people who say that
electricity accounts for everything electricity! And as for the imagination theorywell, that's what
appeals to me now, emotionallybecause I happen to be in the chickens and butcher mood; but it doesn't in
the least convince me. Yes; I suppose Mr. Cathcart's theory is the one I ought to believe, and, in a way, the
one I do believe; but that doesn't in the least prevent me from feeling it extraordinarily unreal and impossible.
Anyhow, it doesn't matter much."
Again she leaned back comfortably, smiling to herself, and there was a long silence.
It was a divinely beautiful August evening. From where they sat little could be seen except the long vista of
the path, arched with hazels, whence the cat had now disappeared, ending in three old brick steps, wide and
flat, lichened and mossed, set about with flowerpots and leading up to the yew walk. But the whole air was
full of summer sound and life and scent, heavy and redolent, streaming in from the old boxlined kitchen
garden on their right beyond the hedge and from the orchard on the left. It was the kind of atmosphere
suggesting Nature in her most sensible mood, fullblooded, normal, perfectly fulfilling her own vocation;
utterly unmystical, except by very subtle interpretation; unsuggestive, since she was already saying all that
could be said, and following out every principle by which she lived to the furthest confine of its contents. It
presented the same kind of roundedoff completion and satisfactoriness as that suggested by an entirely
sensuous and comfortable person. There were no corners in it, no vistas hinting at anything except at some
perfectly normal lawn or set garden, no mystery, no implication of any other theory or glimpse of theory
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 153
Page No 156
except that which itself proclaimed.
Something of its air seemed now to breathe in Maggie's expression of contentment, as she smiled softly and
happily, clasping her arms behind her head. She looked perfectly charming, thought Mabel; and she laid a
hand delicately on her friend's knee, as if to share in the satisfactionto verify it by participation, so to
speak.
"It doesn't seem to have done you much harm," she said.
"No, thank you; I'm extremely well and very content. I've looked through the door once, without in the least
wishing to; and I don't in the least want to look again. It's not a nice view."
"But abouterreligion," said the younger girl rather awkwardly.
"Oh! religion's all right," said Maggie. "The Church gives me just as much of all that as is good for me; and,
for the rest, just tells me to be quiet and not botherabove all, not to peep or pry. Listeners hear no good of
themselves: and I suppose that's true of the other senses too. At any rate, I'm going to do my best to mind
nothing except my own business."
"Isn't that rather unenterprising?"
"Certainly it is; that's why I like it. . . . Oh! Mabel, I do want to be so absolutely ordinary all the rest of my
life. It's so extremely rare and original, you know. Didn't somebody say that there was nothing so uncommon
as common sense? Well, that's what I'm going to be. A genius! Don't you understand? the kind that is an
infinite capacity for taking pains, not the other sort."
"What is the other sort?"
"Why, an infinite capacity for doing without them. Like Wagner, you know. Well, I wish to be the Bach
sortthe kind of thing that anyone ought to be able to doonly they can't."
Mabel smiled doubtfully.
"Lady Laura was saying" she began presently.
Maggie's face turned suddenly severe.
"I don't wish to hear one word."
"But she's given it up," cried the girl. "She's given it up."
"I'm glad to hear it," said Maggie judicially. "And I hope now that she'll spend the rest of her days in
sackclothwith a scourge," she added. "Oh, did I tell you about Mrs. Nugent?"
"About the evening Laurie came home? Yes."
"Well, that's all right. The poor old dear got all sorts of things on her mind, when it leaked out. But I talked to
her, and we went up together and put flowers on the grave, and I said I'd have a mass said for Amy, though
I'm sure she doesn't require one. The poor darling! But . . . but . . . (don't think me brutal, please) how
providential her death was! Just think!"
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 154
Page No 157
"Mrs. Baxter's coming home by the 6.10, isn't she?"
Maggie nodded.
"Yes; but you know you mustn't say a word to her about all this. In fact she won't have it. She's perfectly
convinced that Laurie overworked himselfLaurie, overworked!and that that was just all that was the
matter with him. Auntie's what's called a sensible woman, you know, and I must say it's rather restful. It's
what I want to be; but it's a faroff aspiration, I'm afraid, though I'm nearer it than I was."
"You mean she doesn't think anything odd happened at all?"
"Just so. Nothing at all odd. All very natural. Oh, by the way, Laurie swears he never put his nose inside her
room that night, but I'm absolutely certain he did, and didn't know it."
"Where is Mr. Lawrence?"
"Auntie made him go abroad."
"And when does he come back?"
There was a perceptible pause.
"Mr. Lawrence comes back on Saturday evening," said Maggie deliberately.
THE END
The Necromancers
The Necromancers 155
Bookmarks
1. Table of Contents, page = 3
2. The Necromancers, page = 4